WebSVN – DashDisplay – Blame – /branches/Dashboard_L152_210623/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_tim.c

Rev	Author	Line No.	Line
30	mjames	1	/**
		2	******************************************************************************
		3	* @file stm32l1xx_hal_tim.c
		4	* @author MCD Application Team
50	mjames	5	* @brief TIM HAL module driver.
30	mjames	6	* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
		7	* functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral:
50	mjames	8	* + TIM Time Base Initialization
		9	* + TIM Time Base Start
		10	* + TIM Time Base Start Interruption
		11	* + TIM Time Base Start DMA
		12	* + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization
		13	* + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration
		14	* + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start
		15	* + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption
		16	* + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA
		17	* + TIM Input Capture Initialization
		18	* + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration
		19	* + TIM Input Capture Start
		20	* + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption
		21	* + TIM Input Capture Start DMA
		22	* + TIM One Pulse Initialization
		23	* + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration
		24	* + TIM One Pulse Start
		25	* + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization
		26	* + TIM Encoder Interface Start
		27	* + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption
		28	* + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA
30	mjames	29	* + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA
50	mjames	30	* + TIM OCRef clear configuration
		31	* + TIM External Clock configuration
30	mjames	32	@verbatim
		33	==============================================================================
		34	##### TIMER Generic features #####
		35	==============================================================================
		36	[..] The Timer features include:
		37	(#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
		38	(#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the
		39	counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536.
		40	(#) Up to 4 independent channels for:
		41	(++) Input Capture
		42	(++) Output Compare
		43	(++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
		44	(++) One-pulse mode output
		45	(#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect
50	mjames	46	several timers together.
		47	(#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes
30	mjames	48
		49	##### How to use this driver #####
50	mjames	50	==============================================================================
30	mjames	51	[..]
		52	(#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
50	mjames	53	depending on the selected feature:
30	mjames	54	(++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()
		55	(++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit()
		56	(++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
		57	(++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
		58	(++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
		59	(++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit()
		60
		61	(#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
		62	(##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
		63	(##) TIM pins configuration
		64	(+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
		65	__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
		66	(+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
		67
		68	(#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
		69	internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
		70	HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
		71	any start function.
		72
		73	(#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
		74	Initialization function of this driver:
		75	(++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base
		76	(++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an
		77	Output Compare signal.
		78	(++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a
		79	PWM signal.
		80	(++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an
		81	external signal.
		82	(++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer
		83	in One Pulse Mode.
		84	(++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface.
		85
		86	(#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used:
		87	(++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT()
		88	(++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT()
		89	(++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT()
		90	(++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT()
		91	(++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
		92	(++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT().
		93
		94	(#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions:
		95	HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart()
		96	HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart()
		97
50	mjames	98	* Callback registration *
		99	=============================================
		100
		101	[..]
		102	The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
		103	allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
		104
		105	[..]
		106	Use Function @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback.
		107	@ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
		108	the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
		109
		110	[..]
		111	Use function @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
		112	weak function.
		113	@ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
		114	and the Callback ID.
		115
		116	[..]
		117	These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks:
		118	(+) Base_MspInitCallback : TIM Base Msp Init Callback.
		119	(+) Base_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback.
		120	(+) IC_MspInitCallback : TIM IC Msp Init Callback.
		121	(+) IC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback.
		122	(+) OC_MspInitCallback : TIM OC Msp Init Callback.
		123	(+) OC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback.
		124	(+) PWM_MspInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback.
		125	(+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback.
		126	(+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback.
		127	(+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback.
		128	(+) Encoder_MspInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback.
		129	(+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback.
		130	(+) PeriodElapsedCallback : TIM Period Elapsed Callback.
		131	(+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback.
		132	(+) TriggerCallback : TIM Trigger Callback.
		133	(+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback : TIM Trigger half complete Callback.
		134	(+) IC_CaptureCallback : TIM Input Capture Callback.
		135	(+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback.
		136	(+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback.
		137	(+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback.
		138	(+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback.
		139	(+) ErrorCallback : TIM Error Callback.
		140
		141	[..]
		142	By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET
		143	all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
		144	examples @ref HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback().
		145
		146	[..]
		147	Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak
		148	functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null
		149	(not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit
		150	keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand)
		151
		152	[..]
		153	Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only.
		154	Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered
		155	in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state,
		156	thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit.
		157	In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
		158	using @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function.
		159
		160	[..]
		161	When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
		162	not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
		163	are set to the corresponding weak functions.
		164
30	mjames	165	@endverbatim
		166	******************************************************************************
		167	* @attention
		168	*
50	mjames	169	* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
		170	* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
30	mjames	171	*
50	mjames	172	* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
		173	* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
		174	* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
		175	* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
30	mjames	176	*
		177	******************************************************************************
		178	*/
		179
		180	/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
		181	#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
		182
		183	/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
		184	* @{
		185	*/
		186
		187	/** @defgroup TIM TIM
		188	* @brief TIM HAL module driver
		189	* @{
		190	*/
		191
		192	#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
		193
		194	/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
		195	/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
50	mjames	196	/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
30	mjames	197	/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
		198	/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
50	mjames	199	/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions
30	mjames	200	* @{
		201	*/
		202	static void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef Structure);
		203	static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config);
		204	static void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config);
		205	static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config);
		206	static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config);
50	mjames	207	static void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
		208	uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
30	mjames	209	static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
50	mjames	210	static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
		211	uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
30	mjames	212	static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
50	mjames	213	static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
		214	uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
		215	static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
		216	uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
		217	static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource);
		218	static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
		219	uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter);
		220	static void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState);
30	mjames	221	static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
50	mjames	222	static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
30	mjames	223	static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
50	mjames	224	static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
		225	static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
		226	TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig);
30	mjames	227	/**
50	mjames	228	* @}
30	mjames	229	*/
50	mjames	230	/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
30	mjames	231
		232	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions
		233	* @{
		234	*/
		235
50	mjames	236	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions
		237	* @brief Time Base functions
		238	*
30	mjames	239	@verbatim
		240	==============================================================================
		241	##### Time Base functions #####
		242	==============================================================================
		243	[..]
		244	This section provides functions allowing to:
		245	(+) Initialize and configure the TIM base.
		246	(+) De-initialize the TIM base.
		247	(+) Start the Time Base.
		248	(+) Stop the Time Base.
		249	(+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt.
		250	(+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt.
		251	(+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer.
		252	(+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer.
		253
		254	@endverbatim
		255	* @{
		256	*/
		257	/**
		258	* @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified
50	mjames	259	* parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
		260	* @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
		261	* requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
		262	* due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
		263	* Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init()
		264	* @param htim TIM Base handle
30	mjames	265	* @retval HAL status
		266	*/
		267	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		268	{
		269	/* Check the TIM handle allocation */
50	mjames	270	if (htim == NULL)
30	mjames	271	{
		272	return HAL_ERROR;
		273	}
		274
		275	/* Check the parameters */
		276	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		277	assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
		278	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
50	mjames	279	assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
30	mjames	280
50	mjames	281	if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
30	mjames	282	{
		283	/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
		284	htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
		285
50	mjames	286	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		287	/* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
		288	TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
		289
		290	if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL)
		291	{
		292	htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;
		293	}
30	mjames	294	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
50	mjames	295	htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim);
		296	#else
		297	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
30	mjames	298	HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim);
50	mjames	299	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	300	}
		301
		302	/* Set the TIM state */
50	mjames	303	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	304
		305	/* Set the Time Base configuration */
		306	TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
		307
50	mjames	308	/* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
		309	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
		310
		311	/* Initialize the TIM channels state */
		312	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		313
30	mjames	314	/* Initialize the TIM state*/
50	mjames	315	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
30	mjames	316
		317	return HAL_OK;
		318	}
		319
		320	/**
		321	* @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral
50	mjames	322	* @param htim TIM Base handle
30	mjames	323	* @retval HAL status
		324	*/
		325	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		326	{
		327	/* Check the parameters */
		328	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		329
		330	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
		331
		332	/* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
		333	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		334
50	mjames	335	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		336	if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
		337	{
		338	htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;
		339	}
		340	/* DeInit the low level hardware */
		341	htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
		342	#else
30	mjames	343	/* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
		344	HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim);
50	mjames	345	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	346
50	mjames	347	/* Change the DMA burst operation state */
		348	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
		349
		350	/* Change the TIM channels state */
		351	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
		352
30	mjames	353	/* Change TIM state */
		354	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
		355
		356	/* Release Lock */
		357	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		358
		359	return HAL_OK;
		360	}
		361
		362	/**
		363	* @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP.
50	mjames	364	* @param htim TIM Base handle
30	mjames	365	* @retval None
		366	*/
		367	__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		368	{
		369	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		370	UNUSED(htim);
		371
50	mjames	372	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	373	the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
		374	*/
		375	}
		376
		377	/**
		378	* @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP.
50	mjames	379	* @param htim TIM Base handle
30	mjames	380	* @retval None
		381	*/
		382	__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		383	{
		384	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		385	UNUSED(htim);
		386
50	mjames	387	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	388	the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
		389	*/
		390	}
		391
		392
		393	/**
		394	* @brief Starts the TIM Base generation.
50	mjames	395	* @param htim TIM Base handle
30	mjames	396	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	397	*/
30	mjames	398	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		399	{
50	mjames	400	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		401
30	mjames	402	/* Check the parameters */
		403	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		404
50	mjames	405	/* Check the TIM state */
		406	if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
		407	{
		408	return HAL_ERROR;
		409	}
		410
30	mjames	411	/* Set the TIM state */
50	mjames	412	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	413
50	mjames	414	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		415	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		416	{
		417	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		418	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		419	{
		420	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		421	}
		422	}
		423	else
		424	{
		425	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		426	}
30	mjames	427
		428	/* Return function status */
		429	return HAL_OK;
		430	}
		431
		432	/**
		433	* @brief Stops the TIM Base generation.
50	mjames	434	* @param htim TIM Base handle
30	mjames	435	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	436	*/
30	mjames	437	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		438	{
		439	/* Check the parameters */
		440	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		441
		442	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		443	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		444
50	mjames	445	/* Set the TIM state */
		446	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
30	mjames	447
		448	/* Return function status */
		449	return HAL_OK;
		450	}
		451
		452	/**
		453	* @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	454	* @param htim TIM Base handle
30	mjames	455	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	456	*/
30	mjames	457	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		458	{
50	mjames	459	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		460
30	mjames	461	/* Check the parameters */
		462	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		463
50	mjames	464	/* Check the TIM state */
		465	if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
		466	{
		467	return HAL_ERROR;
		468	}
30	mjames	469
50	mjames	470	/* Set the TIM state */
		471	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	472
50	mjames	473	/* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */
		474	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
		475
		476	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		477	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		478	{
		479	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		480	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		481	{
		482	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		483	}
		484	}
		485	else
		486	{
		487	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		488	}
		489
30	mjames	490	/* Return function status */
		491	return HAL_OK;
		492	}
		493
		494	/**
		495	* @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	496	* @param htim TIM Base handle
30	mjames	497	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	498	*/
30	mjames	499	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		500	{
		501	/* Check the parameters */
		502	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
50	mjames	503
30	mjames	504	/* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */
		505	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
		506
		507	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		508	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		509
50	mjames	510	/* Set the TIM state */
		511	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		512
30	mjames	513	/* Return function status */
		514	return HAL_OK;
		515	}
		516
		517	/**
		518	* @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
50	mjames	519	* @param htim TIM Base handle
		520	* @param pData The source Buffer address.
		521	* @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral.
30	mjames	522	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	523	*/
30	mjames	524	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef htim, uint32_t pData, uint16_t Length)
		525	{
50	mjames	526	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		527
30	mjames	528	/* Check the parameters */
		529	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		530
50	mjames	531	/* Set the TIM state */
		532	if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
30	mjames	533	{
50	mjames	534	return HAL_BUSY;
30	mjames	535	}
50	mjames	536	else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
30	mjames	537	{
50	mjames	538	if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
30	mjames	539	{
		540	return HAL_ERROR;
		541	}
		542	else
		543	{
		544	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
		545	}
		546	}
		547	else
		548	{
		549	return HAL_ERROR;
		550	}
		551
50	mjames	552	/* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
30	mjames	553	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
50	mjames	554	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
30	mjames	555
		556	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		557	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		558
		559	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	560	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length) != HAL_OK)
		561	{
		562	return HAL_ERROR;
		563	}
30	mjames	564
		565	/* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */
		566	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
		567
50	mjames	568	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		569	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		570	{
		571	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		572	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		573	{
		574	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		575	}
		576	}
		577	else
		578	{
		579	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		580	}
30	mjames	581
		582	/* Return function status */
		583	return HAL_OK;
		584	}
		585
		586	/**
		587	* @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
50	mjames	588	* @param htim TIM Base handle
30	mjames	589	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	590	*/
30	mjames	591	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		592	{
		593	/* Check the parameters */
		594	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		595
		596	/* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
		597	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
		598
50	mjames	599	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
		600
30	mjames	601	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		602	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		603
50	mjames	604	/* Set the TIM state */
30	mjames	605	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		606
		607	/* Return function status */
		608	return HAL_OK;
		609	}
		610
		611	/**
		612	* @}
		613	*/
		614
50	mjames	615	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions
		616	* @brief TIM Output Compare functions
		617	*
30	mjames	618	@verbatim
		619	==============================================================================
50	mjames	620	##### TIM Output Compare functions #####
30	mjames	621	==============================================================================
		622	[..]
		623	This section provides functions allowing to:
		624	(+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare.
		625	(+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare.
50	mjames	626	(+) Start the TIM Output Compare.
		627	(+) Stop the TIM Output Compare.
		628	(+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt.
		629	(+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt.
		630	(+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer.
		631	(+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer.
30	mjames	632
		633	@endverbatim
		634	* @{
		635	*/
		636	/**
		637	* @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified
50	mjames	638	* parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
		639	* @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
		640	* requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
		641	* due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
		642	* Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init()
		643	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
30	mjames	644	* @retval HAL status
		645	*/
50	mjames	646	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
30	mjames	647	{
		648	/* Check the TIM handle allocation */
50	mjames	649	if (htim == NULL)
30	mjames	650	{
		651	return HAL_ERROR;
		652	}
		653
		654	/* Check the parameters */
		655	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		656	assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
		657	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
50	mjames	658	assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
30	mjames	659
50	mjames	660	if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
30	mjames	661	{
		662	/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
		663	htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
		664
50	mjames	665	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		666	/* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
		667	TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
		668
		669	if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
		670	{
		671	htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;
		672	}
		673	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
		674	htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim);
		675	#else
30	mjames	676	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
		677	HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim);
50	mjames	678	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	679	}
		680
		681	/* Set the TIM state */
50	mjames	682	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	683
		684	/* Init the base time for the Output Compare */
		685	TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
		686
50	mjames	687	/* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
		688	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
		689
		690	/* Initialize the TIM channels state */
		691	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		692
30	mjames	693	/* Initialize the TIM state*/
50	mjames	694	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
30	mjames	695
		696	return HAL_OK;
		697	}
		698
		699	/**
		700	* @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	701	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
30	mjames	702	* @retval HAL status
		703	*/
		704	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		705	{
		706	/* Check the parameters */
		707	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		708
50	mjames	709	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	710
		711	/* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
		712	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		713
50	mjames	714	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		715	if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
		716	{
		717	htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;
		718	}
		719	/* DeInit the low level hardware */
		720	htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
		721	#else
30	mjames	722	/* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
		723	HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim);
50	mjames	724	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	725
50	mjames	726	/* Change the DMA burst operation state */
		727	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
		728
		729	/* Change the TIM channels state */
		730	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
		731
30	mjames	732	/* Change TIM state */
		733	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
		734
		735	/* Release Lock */
		736	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		737
		738	return HAL_OK;
		739	}
		740
		741	/**
		742	* @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP.
50	mjames	743	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
30	mjames	744	* @retval None
		745	*/
		746	__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		747	{
		748	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		749	UNUSED(htim);
		750
50	mjames	751	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	752	the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
		753	*/
		754	}
		755
		756	/**
		757	* @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP.
50	mjames	758	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
30	mjames	759	* @retval None
		760	*/
		761	__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		762	{
		763	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		764	UNUSED(htim);
		765
50	mjames	766	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	767	the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
		768	*/
		769	}
		770
		771	/**
		772	* @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
50	mjames	773	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
		774	* @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
30	mjames	775	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		776	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		777	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		778	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		779	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		780	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	781	*/
30	mjames	782	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		783	{
50	mjames	784	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		785
30	mjames	786	/* Check the parameters */
		787	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		788
50	mjames	789	/* Check the TIM channel state */
		790	if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		791	{
		792	return HAL_ERROR;
		793	}
		794
		795	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		796	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		797
30	mjames	798	/* Enable the Output compare channel */
		799	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		800
50	mjames	801	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		802	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		803	{
		804	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		805	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		806	{
		807	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		808	}
		809	}
		810	else
		811	{
		812	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		813	}
30	mjames	814
		815	/* Return function status */
		816	return HAL_OK;
		817	}
		818
		819	/**
		820	* @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
50	mjames	821	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
		822	* @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
30	mjames	823	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		824	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		825	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		826	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		827	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		828	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	829	*/
30	mjames	830	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		831	{
		832	/* Check the parameters */
		833	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		834
		835	/* Disable the Output compare channel */
		836	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		837
		838	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		839	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		840
50	mjames	841	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		842	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		843
30	mjames	844	/* Return function status */
		845	return HAL_OK;
		846	}
		847
		848	/**
		849	* @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	850	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
		851	* @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
30	mjames	852	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		853	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		854	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		855	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		856	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		857	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	858	*/
30	mjames	859	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		860	{
50	mjames	861	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		862
30	mjames	863	/* Check the parameters */
		864	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		865
50	mjames	866	/* Check the TIM channel state */
		867	if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		868	{
		869	return HAL_ERROR;
		870	}
		871
		872	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		873	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		874
30	mjames	875	switch (Channel)
		876	{
		877	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		878	{
		879	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
		880	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
50	mjames	881	break;
30	mjames	882	}
		883
		884	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		885	{
		886	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
		887	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
50	mjames	888	break;
30	mjames	889	}
		890
		891	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		892	{
		893	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
		894	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
50	mjames	895	break;
30	mjames	896	}
		897
		898	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		899	{
		900	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
		901	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
50	mjames	902	break;
30	mjames	903	}
		904
		905	default:
50	mjames	906	break;
30	mjames	907	}
		908
		909	/* Enable the Output compare channel */
		910	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		911
50	mjames	912	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		913	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		914	{
		915	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		916	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		917	{
		918	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		919	}
		920	}
		921	else
		922	{
		923	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		924	}
30	mjames	925
		926	/* Return function status */
		927	return HAL_OK;
		928	}
		929
		930	/**
		931	* @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	932	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
		933	* @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
30	mjames	934	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		935	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		936	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		937	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		938	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		939	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	940	*/
30	mjames	941	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		942	{
		943	/* Check the parameters */
		944	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		945
		946	switch (Channel)
		947	{
		948	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		949	{
		950	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
		951	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
50	mjames	952	break;
30	mjames	953	}
		954
		955	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		956	{
		957	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
		958	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
50	mjames	959	break;
30	mjames	960	}
		961
		962	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		963	{
		964	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
		965	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
50	mjames	966	break;
30	mjames	967	}
		968
		969	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		970	{
		971	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
		972	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
50	mjames	973	break;
30	mjames	974	}
		975
		976	default:
50	mjames	977	break;
30	mjames	978	}
		979
		980	/* Disable the Output compare channel */
		981	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		982
		983	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		984	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		985
50	mjames	986	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		987	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		988
30	mjames	989	/* Return function status */
		990	return HAL_OK;
		991	}
		992
		993	/**
		994	* @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
50	mjames	995	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
		996	* @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
30	mjames	997	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		998	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		999	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		1000	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		1001	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
50	mjames	1002	* @param pData The source Buffer address.
		1003	* @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
30	mjames	1004	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	1005	*/
30	mjames	1006	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t pData, uint16_t Length)
		1007	{
50	mjames	1008	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		1009
30	mjames	1010	/* Check the parameters */
		1011	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		1012
50	mjames	1013	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		1014	if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
30	mjames	1015	{
50	mjames	1016	return HAL_BUSY;
30	mjames	1017	}
50	mjames	1018	else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
30	mjames	1019	{
50	mjames	1020	if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
30	mjames	1021	{
		1022	return HAL_ERROR;
		1023	}
		1024	else
		1025	{
50	mjames	1026	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
30	mjames	1027	}
		1028	}
		1029	else
		1030	{
		1031	return HAL_ERROR;
		1032	}
		1033
		1034	switch (Channel)
		1035	{
		1036	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		1037	{
50	mjames	1038	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
30	mjames	1039	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
50	mjames	1040	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	1041
		1042	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		1043	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		1044
		1045	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	1046	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
		1047	{
		1048	return HAL_ERROR;
		1049	}
30	mjames	1050
		1051	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
		1052	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
50	mjames	1053	break;
30	mjames	1054	}
		1055
		1056	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		1057	{
50	mjames	1058	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
30	mjames	1059	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
50	mjames	1060	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	1061
		1062	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		1063	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		1064
		1065	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	1066	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
		1067	{
		1068	return HAL_ERROR;
		1069	}
30	mjames	1070
		1071	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
		1072	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
50	mjames	1073	break;
30	mjames	1074	}
		1075
		1076	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		1077	{
50	mjames	1078	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
30	mjames	1079	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
50	mjames	1080	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	1081
		1082	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		1083	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		1084
		1085	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	1086	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
		1087	{
		1088	return HAL_ERROR;
		1089	}
30	mjames	1090	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
		1091	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
50	mjames	1092	break;
30	mjames	1093	}
		1094
		1095	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		1096	{
50	mjames	1097	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
30	mjames	1098	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
50	mjames	1099	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	1100
		1101	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		1102	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		1103
		1104	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	1105	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK)
		1106	{
		1107	return HAL_ERROR;
		1108	}
30	mjames	1109	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
		1110	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
50	mjames	1111	break;
30	mjames	1112	}
		1113
		1114	default:
50	mjames	1115	break;
30	mjames	1116	}
		1117
		1118	/* Enable the Output compare channel */
		1119	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		1120
50	mjames	1121	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		1122	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		1123	{
		1124	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		1125	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		1126	{
		1127	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		1128	}
		1129	}
		1130	else
		1131	{
		1132	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		1133	}
30	mjames	1134
		1135	/* Return function status */
		1136	return HAL_OK;
		1137	}
		1138
		1139	/**
		1140	* @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
50	mjames	1141	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
		1142	* @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
30	mjames	1143	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		1144	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		1145	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		1146	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		1147	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		1148	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	1149	*/
30	mjames	1150	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		1151	{
		1152	/* Check the parameters */
		1153	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		1154
		1155	switch (Channel)
		1156	{
		1157	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		1158	{
		1159	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
		1160	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
50	mjames	1161	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
		1162	break;
30	mjames	1163	}
		1164
		1165	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		1166	{
		1167	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
		1168	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
50	mjames	1169	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
		1170	break;
30	mjames	1171	}
		1172
		1173	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		1174	{
		1175	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
		1176	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
50	mjames	1177	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
		1178	break;
30	mjames	1179	}
		1180
		1181	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		1182	{
		1183	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
		1184	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
50	mjames	1185	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
		1186	break;
30	mjames	1187	}
		1188
		1189	default:
50	mjames	1190	break;
30	mjames	1191	}
		1192
		1193	/* Disable the Output compare channel */
		1194	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		1195
		1196	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		1197	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		1198
50	mjames	1199	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		1200	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
30	mjames	1201
		1202	/* Return function status */
		1203	return HAL_OK;
		1204	}
		1205
		1206	/**
		1207	* @}
		1208	*/
		1209
50	mjames	1210	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions
		1211	* @brief TIM PWM functions
		1212	*
30	mjames	1213	@verbatim
		1214	==============================================================================
50	mjames	1215	##### TIM PWM functions #####
30	mjames	1216	==============================================================================
		1217	[..]
		1218	This section provides functions allowing to:
		1219	(+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM.
		1220	(+) De-initialize the TIM PWM.
50	mjames	1221	(+) Start the TIM PWM.
		1222	(+) Stop the TIM PWM.
		1223	(+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt.
		1224	(+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt.
		1225	(+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer.
		1226	(+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer.
30	mjames	1227
		1228	@endverbatim
		1229	* @{
		1230	*/
		1231	/**
		1232	* @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified
50	mjames	1233	* parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
		1234	* @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
		1235	* requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
		1236	* due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
		1237	* Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init()
		1238	* @param htim TIM PWM handle
30	mjames	1239	* @retval HAL status
		1240	*/
		1241	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		1242	{
		1243	/* Check the TIM handle allocation */
50	mjames	1244	if (htim == NULL)
30	mjames	1245	{
		1246	return HAL_ERROR;
		1247	}
		1248
		1249	/* Check the parameters */
		1250	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		1251	assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
		1252	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
50	mjames	1253	assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
30	mjames	1254
50	mjames	1255	if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
30	mjames	1256	{
		1257	/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
		1258	htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
		1259
50	mjames	1260	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		1261	/* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
		1262	TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
		1263
		1264	if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL)
		1265	{
		1266	htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;
		1267	}
		1268	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
		1269	htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim);
		1270	#else
30	mjames	1271	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
		1272	HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim);
50	mjames	1273	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	1274	}
		1275
		1276	/* Set the TIM state */
50	mjames	1277	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	1278
		1279	/* Init the base time for the PWM */
		1280	TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
		1281
50	mjames	1282	/* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
		1283	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
		1284
		1285	/* Initialize the TIM channels state */
		1286	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		1287
30	mjames	1288	/* Initialize the TIM state*/
50	mjames	1289	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
30	mjames	1290
		1291	return HAL_OK;
		1292	}
		1293
		1294	/**
		1295	* @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	1296	* @param htim TIM PWM handle
30	mjames	1297	* @retval HAL status
		1298	*/
		1299	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		1300	{
		1301	/* Check the parameters */
		1302	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		1303
		1304	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
		1305
		1306	/* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
		1307	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		1308
50	mjames	1309	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		1310	if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
		1311	{
		1312	htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;
		1313	}
		1314	/* DeInit the low level hardware */
		1315	htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
		1316	#else
30	mjames	1317	/* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
		1318	HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim);
50	mjames	1319	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	1320
50	mjames	1321	/* Change the DMA burst operation state */
		1322	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
		1323
		1324	/* Change the TIM channels state */
		1325	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
		1326
30	mjames	1327	/* Change TIM state */
		1328	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
		1329
		1330	/* Release Lock */
		1331	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		1332
		1333	return HAL_OK;
		1334	}
		1335
		1336	/**
		1337	* @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP.
50	mjames	1338	* @param htim TIM PWM handle
30	mjames	1339	* @retval None
		1340	*/
		1341	__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		1342	{
		1343	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		1344	UNUSED(htim);
		1345
50	mjames	1346	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	1347	the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
		1348	*/
		1349	}
		1350
		1351	/**
		1352	* @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP.
50	mjames	1353	* @param htim TIM PWM handle
30	mjames	1354	* @retval None
		1355	*/
		1356	__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		1357	{
		1358	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		1359	UNUSED(htim);
		1360
50	mjames	1361	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	1362	the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
		1363	*/
		1364	}
		1365
		1366	/**
		1367	* @brief Starts the PWM signal generation.
50	mjames	1368	* @param htim TIM handle
		1369	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	1370	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		1371	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		1372	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		1373	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		1374	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		1375	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	1376	*/
30	mjames	1377	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		1378	{
50	mjames	1379	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		1380
30	mjames	1381	/* Check the parameters */
		1382	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		1383
50	mjames	1384	/* Check the TIM channel state */
		1385	if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		1386	{
		1387	return HAL_ERROR;
		1388	}
		1389
		1390	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		1391	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		1392
30	mjames	1393	/* Enable the Capture compare channel */
		1394	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		1395
50	mjames	1396	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		1397	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		1398	{
		1399	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		1400	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		1401	{
		1402	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		1403	}
		1404	}
		1405	else
		1406	{
		1407	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		1408	}
30	mjames	1409
		1410	/* Return function status */
		1411	return HAL_OK;
		1412	}
		1413
		1414	/**
		1415	* @brief Stops the PWM signal generation.
50	mjames	1416	* @param htim TIM PWM handle
		1417	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
30	mjames	1418	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		1419	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		1420	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		1421	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		1422	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		1423	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	1424	*/
30	mjames	1425	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		1426	{
		1427	/* Check the parameters */
		1428	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		1429
		1430	/* Disable the Capture compare channel */
		1431	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		1432
		1433	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		1434	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		1435
50	mjames	1436	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		1437	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
30	mjames	1438
		1439	/* Return function status */
		1440	return HAL_OK;
		1441	}
		1442
		1443	/**
		1444	* @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	1445	* @param htim TIM PWM handle
		1446	* @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
30	mjames	1447	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		1448	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		1449	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		1450	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		1451	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		1452	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	1453	*/
30	mjames	1454	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		1455	{
50	mjames	1456	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
30	mjames	1457	/* Check the parameters */
		1458	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		1459
50	mjames	1460	/* Check the TIM channel state */
		1461	if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		1462	{
		1463	return HAL_ERROR;
		1464	}
		1465
		1466	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		1467	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		1468
30	mjames	1469	switch (Channel)
		1470	{
		1471	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		1472	{
		1473	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
		1474	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
50	mjames	1475	break;
30	mjames	1476	}
		1477
		1478	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		1479	{
		1480	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
		1481	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
50	mjames	1482	break;
30	mjames	1483	}
		1484
		1485	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		1486	{
		1487	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
		1488	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
50	mjames	1489	break;
30	mjames	1490	}
		1491
		1492	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		1493	{
		1494	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
		1495	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
50	mjames	1496	break;
30	mjames	1497	}
		1498
		1499	default:
50	mjames	1500	break;
30	mjames	1501	}
		1502
		1503	/* Enable the Capture compare channel */
		1504	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		1505
50	mjames	1506	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		1507	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		1508	{
		1509	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		1510	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		1511	{
		1512	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		1513	}
		1514	}
		1515	else
		1516	{
		1517	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		1518	}
30	mjames	1519
		1520	/* Return function status */
		1521	return HAL_OK;
		1522	}
		1523
		1524	/**
		1525	* @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	1526	* @param htim TIM PWM handle
		1527	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
30	mjames	1528	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		1529	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		1530	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		1531	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		1532	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		1533	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	1534	*/
		1535	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
30	mjames	1536	{
		1537	/* Check the parameters */
		1538	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		1539
		1540	switch (Channel)
		1541	{
		1542	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		1543	{
		1544	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
		1545	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
50	mjames	1546	break;
30	mjames	1547	}
		1548
		1549	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		1550	{
		1551	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
		1552	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
50	mjames	1553	break;
30	mjames	1554	}
		1555
		1556	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		1557	{
		1558	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
		1559	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
50	mjames	1560	break;
30	mjames	1561	}
		1562
		1563	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		1564	{
		1565	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
		1566	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
50	mjames	1567	break;
30	mjames	1568	}
		1569
		1570	default:
50	mjames	1571	break;
30	mjames	1572	}
		1573
		1574	/* Disable the Capture compare channel */
		1575	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		1576
		1577	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		1578	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		1579
50	mjames	1580	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		1581	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		1582
30	mjames	1583	/* Return function status */
		1584	return HAL_OK;
		1585	}
		1586
		1587	/**
		1588	* @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
50	mjames	1589	* @param htim TIM PWM handle
		1590	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	1591	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		1592	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		1593	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		1594	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		1595	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
50	mjames	1596	* @param pData The source Buffer address.
		1597	* @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
30	mjames	1598	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	1599	*/
30	mjames	1600	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t pData, uint16_t Length)
		1601	{
50	mjames	1602	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		1603
30	mjames	1604	/* Check the parameters */
		1605	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		1606
50	mjames	1607	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		1608	if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
30	mjames	1609	{
50	mjames	1610	return HAL_BUSY;
30	mjames	1611	}
50	mjames	1612	else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
30	mjames	1613	{
50	mjames	1614	if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
30	mjames	1615	{
		1616	return HAL_ERROR;
		1617	}
		1618	else
		1619	{
50	mjames	1620	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
30	mjames	1621	}
		1622	}
		1623	else
		1624	{
		1625	return HAL_ERROR;
		1626	}
		1627
		1628	switch (Channel)
		1629	{
		1630	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		1631	{
50	mjames	1632	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
30	mjames	1633	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
50	mjames	1634	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	1635
		1636	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		1637	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		1638
		1639	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	1640	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
		1641	{
		1642	return HAL_ERROR;
		1643	}
30	mjames	1644
		1645	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
		1646	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
50	mjames	1647	break;
30	mjames	1648	}
		1649
		1650	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		1651	{
50	mjames	1652	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
30	mjames	1653	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
50	mjames	1654	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	1655
		1656	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		1657	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		1658
		1659	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	1660	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
		1661	{
		1662	return HAL_ERROR;
		1663	}
30	mjames	1664	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
		1665	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
50	mjames	1666	break;
30	mjames	1667	}
		1668
		1669	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		1670	{
50	mjames	1671	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
30	mjames	1672	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
50	mjames	1673	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	1674
		1675	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		1676	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		1677
		1678	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	1679	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
		1680	{
		1681	return HAL_ERROR;
		1682	}
30	mjames	1683	/* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */
		1684	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
50	mjames	1685	break;
30	mjames	1686	}
		1687
		1688	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		1689	{
50	mjames	1690	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
30	mjames	1691	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
50	mjames	1692	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	1693
		1694	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		1695	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		1696
		1697	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	1698	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK)
		1699	{
		1700	return HAL_ERROR;
		1701	}
30	mjames	1702	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
		1703	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
50	mjames	1704	break;
30	mjames	1705	}
		1706
		1707	default:
50	mjames	1708	break;
30	mjames	1709	}
		1710
		1711	/* Enable the Capture compare channel */
		1712	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		1713
50	mjames	1714	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		1715	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		1716	{
		1717	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		1718	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		1719	{
		1720	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		1721	}
		1722	}
		1723	else
		1724	{
		1725	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		1726	}
30	mjames	1727
		1728	/* Return function status */
		1729	return HAL_OK;
		1730	}
		1731
		1732	/**
		1733	* @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
50	mjames	1734	* @param htim TIM PWM handle
		1735	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
30	mjames	1736	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		1737	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		1738	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		1739	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		1740	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		1741	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	1742	*/
30	mjames	1743	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		1744	{
		1745	/* Check the parameters */
		1746	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		1747
		1748	switch (Channel)
		1749	{
		1750	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		1751	{
		1752	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
		1753	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
50	mjames	1754	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
		1755	break;
30	mjames	1756	}
		1757
		1758	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		1759	{
		1760	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
		1761	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
50	mjames	1762	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
		1763	break;
30	mjames	1764	}
		1765
		1766	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		1767	{
		1768	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
		1769	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
50	mjames	1770	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
		1771	break;
30	mjames	1772	}
		1773
		1774	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		1775	{
		1776	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
		1777	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
50	mjames	1778	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
		1779	break;
30	mjames	1780	}
		1781
		1782	default:
50	mjames	1783	break;
30	mjames	1784	}
		1785
		1786	/* Disable the Capture compare channel */
		1787	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		1788
		1789	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		1790	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		1791
50	mjames	1792	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		1793	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
30	mjames	1794
		1795	/* Return function status */
		1796	return HAL_OK;
		1797	}
		1798
		1799	/**
		1800	* @}
		1801	*/
		1802
50	mjames	1803	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions
		1804	* @brief TIM Input Capture functions
		1805	*
30	mjames	1806	@verbatim
		1807	==============================================================================
50	mjames	1808	##### TIM Input Capture functions #####
30	mjames	1809	==============================================================================
		1810	[..]
		1811	This section provides functions allowing to:
		1812	(+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture.
		1813	(+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture.
50	mjames	1814	(+) Start the TIM Input Capture.
		1815	(+) Stop the TIM Input Capture.
		1816	(+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt.
		1817	(+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt.
		1818	(+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer.
		1819	(+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer.
30	mjames	1820
		1821	@endverbatim
		1822	* @{
		1823	*/
		1824	/**
		1825	* @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified
50	mjames	1826	* parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
		1827	* @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
		1828	* requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
		1829	* due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
		1830	* Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init()
		1831	* @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
30	mjames	1832	* @retval HAL status
		1833	*/
		1834	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		1835	{
		1836	/* Check the TIM handle allocation */
50	mjames	1837	if (htim == NULL)
30	mjames	1838	{
		1839	return HAL_ERROR;
		1840	}
		1841
		1842	/* Check the parameters */
		1843	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		1844	assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
		1845	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
50	mjames	1846	assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
30	mjames	1847
50	mjames	1848	if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
30	mjames	1849	{
		1850	/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
		1851	htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
		1852
50	mjames	1853	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		1854	/* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
		1855	TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
		1856
		1857	if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
		1858	{
		1859	htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;
		1860	}
		1861	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
		1862	htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim);
		1863	#else
30	mjames	1864	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
		1865	HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim);
50	mjames	1866	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	1867	}
		1868
		1869	/* Set the TIM state */
50	mjames	1870	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	1871
		1872	/* Init the base time for the input capture */
		1873	TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
		1874
50	mjames	1875	/* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
		1876	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
		1877
		1878	/* Initialize the TIM channels state */
		1879	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		1880
30	mjames	1881	/* Initialize the TIM state*/
50	mjames	1882	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
30	mjames	1883
		1884	return HAL_OK;
		1885	}
		1886
		1887	/**
		1888	* @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	1889	* @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
30	mjames	1890	* @retval HAL status
		1891	*/
		1892	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		1893	{
		1894	/* Check the parameters */
		1895	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		1896
		1897	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
		1898
		1899	/* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
		1900	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		1901
50	mjames	1902	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		1903	if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
		1904	{
		1905	htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;
		1906	}
		1907	/* DeInit the low level hardware */
		1908	htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
		1909	#else
30	mjames	1910	/* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
		1911	HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim);
50	mjames	1912	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	1913
50	mjames	1914	/* Change the DMA burst operation state */
		1915	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
		1916
		1917	/* Change the TIM channels state */
		1918	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
		1919
30	mjames	1920	/* Change TIM state */
		1921	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
		1922
		1923	/* Release Lock */
		1924	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		1925
		1926	return HAL_OK;
		1927	}
		1928
		1929	/**
		1930	* @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP.
50	mjames	1931	* @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
30	mjames	1932	* @retval None
		1933	*/
		1934	__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		1935	{
		1936	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		1937	UNUSED(htim);
		1938
50	mjames	1939	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	1940	the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
		1941	*/
		1942	}
		1943
		1944	/**
		1945	* @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP.
50	mjames	1946	* @param htim TIM handle
30	mjames	1947	* @retval None
		1948	*/
		1949	__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		1950	{
		1951	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		1952	UNUSED(htim);
		1953
50	mjames	1954	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	1955	the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
		1956	*/
		1957	}
		1958
		1959	/**
		1960	* @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement.
50	mjames	1961	* @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
		1962	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	1963	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		1964	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		1965	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		1966	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		1967	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		1968	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	1969	*/
		1970	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
30	mjames	1971	{
50	mjames	1972	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		1973	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
		1974
30	mjames	1975	/* Check the parameters */
		1976	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		1977
50	mjames	1978	/* Check the TIM channel state */
		1979	if (channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		1980	{
		1981	return HAL_ERROR;
		1982	}
		1983
		1984	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		1985	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		1986
30	mjames	1987	/* Enable the Input Capture channel */
		1988	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		1989
50	mjames	1990	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		1991	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		1992	{
		1993	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		1994	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		1995	{
		1996	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		1997	}
		1998	}
		1999	else
		2000	{
		2001	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		2002	}
30	mjames	2003
		2004	/* Return function status */
		2005	return HAL_OK;
		2006	}
		2007
		2008	/**
		2009	* @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement.
50	mjames	2010	* @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
		2011	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
30	mjames	2012	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2013	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		2014	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		2015	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		2016	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		2017	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	2018	*/
30	mjames	2019	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		2020	{
		2021	/* Check the parameters */
		2022	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		2023
		2024	/* Disable the Input Capture channel */
		2025	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		2026
		2027	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		2028	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		2029
50	mjames	2030	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		2031	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		2032
30	mjames	2033	/* Return function status */
		2034	return HAL_OK;
		2035	}
		2036
		2037	/**
		2038	* @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	2039	* @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
		2040	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	2041	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2042	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		2043	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		2044	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		2045	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		2046	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	2047	*/
		2048	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
30	mjames	2049	{
50	mjames	2050	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		2051	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
		2052
30	mjames	2053	/* Check the parameters */
		2054	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		2055
50	mjames	2056	/* Check the TIM channel state */
		2057	if (channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		2058	{
		2059	return HAL_ERROR;
		2060	}
		2061
		2062	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		2063	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		2064
30	mjames	2065	switch (Channel)
		2066	{
		2067	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		2068	{
		2069	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
		2070	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
50	mjames	2071	break;
30	mjames	2072	}
		2073
		2074	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		2075	{
		2076	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
		2077	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
50	mjames	2078	break;
30	mjames	2079	}
		2080
		2081	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		2082	{
		2083	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
		2084	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
50	mjames	2085	break;
30	mjames	2086	}
		2087
		2088	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		2089	{
		2090	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
		2091	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
50	mjames	2092	break;
30	mjames	2093	}
		2094
		2095	default:
50	mjames	2096	break;
30	mjames	2097	}
		2098	/* Enable the Input Capture channel */
		2099	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		2100
50	mjames	2101	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		2102	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		2103	{
		2104	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		2105	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		2106	{
		2107	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		2108	}
		2109	}
		2110	else
		2111	{
		2112	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		2113	}
30	mjames	2114
		2115	/* Return function status */
		2116	return HAL_OK;
		2117	}
		2118
		2119	/**
		2120	* @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	2121	* @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
		2122	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
30	mjames	2123	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2124	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		2125	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		2126	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		2127	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		2128	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	2129	*/
30	mjames	2130	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		2131	{
		2132	/* Check the parameters */
		2133	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		2134
		2135	switch (Channel)
		2136	{
		2137	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		2138	{
		2139	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
		2140	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
50	mjames	2141	break;
30	mjames	2142	}
		2143
		2144	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		2145	{
		2146	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
		2147	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
50	mjames	2148	break;
30	mjames	2149	}
		2150
		2151	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		2152	{
		2153	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
		2154	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
50	mjames	2155	break;
30	mjames	2156	}
		2157
		2158	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		2159	{
		2160	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
		2161	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
50	mjames	2162	break;
30	mjames	2163	}
		2164
		2165	default:
50	mjames	2166	break;
30	mjames	2167	}
		2168
		2169	/* Disable the Input Capture channel */
		2170	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		2171
		2172	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		2173	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		2174
50	mjames	2175	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		2176	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		2177
30	mjames	2178	/* Return function status */
		2179	return HAL_OK;
		2180	}
		2181
		2182	/**
		2183	* @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
50	mjames	2184	* @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
		2185	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	2186	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2187	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		2188	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		2189	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		2190	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
50	mjames	2191	* @param pData The destination Buffer address.
		2192	* @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
30	mjames	2193	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	2194	*/
30	mjames	2195	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t pData, uint16_t Length)
		2196	{
50	mjames	2197	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		2198	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
		2199
30	mjames	2200	/* Check the parameters */
		2201	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		2202	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		2203
50	mjames	2204	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		2205	if (channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
30	mjames	2206	{
50	mjames	2207	return HAL_BUSY;
30	mjames	2208	}
50	mjames	2209	if (channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
30	mjames	2210	{
50	mjames	2211	if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
30	mjames	2212	{
		2213	return HAL_ERROR;
		2214	}
		2215	else
		2216	{
50	mjames	2217	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
30	mjames	2218	}
		2219	}
		2220	else
		2221	{
		2222	return HAL_ERROR;
		2223	}
		2224
		2225	switch (Channel)
		2226	{
		2227	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		2228	{
50	mjames	2229	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
30	mjames	2230	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
50	mjames	2231	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	2232
		2233	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		2234	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		2235
		2236	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	2237	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
		2238	{
		2239	return HAL_ERROR;
		2240	}
30	mjames	2241	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
		2242	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
50	mjames	2243	break;
30	mjames	2244	}
		2245
		2246	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		2247	{
50	mjames	2248	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
30	mjames	2249	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
50	mjames	2250	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	2251
		2252	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		2253	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		2254
		2255	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	2256	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
		2257	{
		2258	return HAL_ERROR;
		2259	}
30	mjames	2260	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
		2261	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
50	mjames	2262	break;
30	mjames	2263	}
		2264
		2265	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		2266	{
50	mjames	2267	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
30	mjames	2268	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
50	mjames	2269	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	2270
		2271	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		2272	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		2273
		2274	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	2275	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
		2276	{
		2277	return HAL_ERROR;
		2278	}
30	mjames	2279	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
		2280	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
50	mjames	2281	break;
30	mjames	2282	}
		2283
		2284	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		2285	{
50	mjames	2286	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
30	mjames	2287	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
50	mjames	2288	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	2289
		2290	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		2291	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		2292
		2293	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	2294	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
		2295	{
		2296	return HAL_ERROR;
		2297	}
30	mjames	2298	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
		2299	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
50	mjames	2300	break;
30	mjames	2301	}
		2302
		2303	default:
50	mjames	2304	break;
30	mjames	2305	}
		2306
		2307	/* Enable the Input Capture channel */
		2308	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		2309
50	mjames	2310	/* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
		2311	if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
		2312	{
		2313	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		2314	if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
		2315	{
		2316	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		2317	}
		2318	}
		2319	else
		2320	{
		2321	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		2322	}
30	mjames	2323
		2324	/* Return function status */
		2325	return HAL_OK;
		2326	}
		2327
		2328	/**
		2329	* @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
50	mjames	2330	* @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
		2331	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
30	mjames	2332	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2333	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		2334	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		2335	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		2336	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		2337	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	2338	*/
30	mjames	2339	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		2340	{
		2341	/* Check the parameters */
		2342	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		2343	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		2344
50	mjames	2345	/* Disable the Input Capture channel */
		2346	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		2347
30	mjames	2348	switch (Channel)
		2349	{
		2350	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		2351	{
		2352	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
		2353	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
50	mjames	2354	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
		2355	break;
30	mjames	2356	}
		2357
		2358	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		2359	{
		2360	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
		2361	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
50	mjames	2362	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
		2363	break;
30	mjames	2364	}
		2365
		2366	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		2367	{
		2368	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
		2369	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
50	mjames	2370	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
		2371	break;
30	mjames	2372	}
		2373
		2374	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		2375	{
		2376	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
		2377	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
50	mjames	2378	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
		2379	break;
30	mjames	2380	}
		2381
		2382	default:
50	mjames	2383	break;
30	mjames	2384	}
		2385
		2386	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		2387	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		2388
50	mjames	2389	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		2390	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
30	mjames	2391
		2392	/* Return function status */
		2393	return HAL_OK;
		2394	}
		2395	/**
		2396	* @}
		2397	*/
		2398
50	mjames	2399	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions
		2400	* @brief TIM One Pulse functions
		2401	*
30	mjames	2402	@verbatim
		2403	==============================================================================
50	mjames	2404	##### TIM One Pulse functions #####
30	mjames	2405	==============================================================================
		2406	[..]
		2407	This section provides functions allowing to:
		2408	(+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse.
		2409	(+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse.
50	mjames	2410	(+) Start the TIM One Pulse.
		2411	(+) Stop the TIM One Pulse.
		2412	(+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt.
		2413	(+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt.
		2414	(+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer.
		2415	(+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer.
30	mjames	2416
		2417	@endverbatim
		2418	* @{
		2419	*/
		2420	/**
		2421	* @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified
50	mjames	2422	* parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
		2423	* @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
		2424	* requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
		2425	* due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
		2426	* Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init()
		2427	* @note When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer
		2428	* channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other
		2429	* purpose.
		2430	* @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
		2431	* @param OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode.
30	mjames	2432	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2433	* @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated.
50	mjames	2434	* @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated.
30	mjames	2435	* @retval HAL status
		2436	*/
		2437	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
		2438	{
		2439	/* Check the TIM handle allocation */
50	mjames	2440	if (htim == NULL)
30	mjames	2441	{
		2442	return HAL_ERROR;
		2443	}
		2444
		2445	/* Check the parameters */
		2446	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		2447	assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
		2448	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
		2449	assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode));
50	mjames	2450	assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
30	mjames	2451
50	mjames	2452	if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
30	mjames	2453	{
		2454	/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
		2455	htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
		2456
50	mjames	2457	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		2458	/* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
		2459	TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
		2460
		2461	if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL)
		2462	{
		2463	htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;
		2464	}
		2465	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
		2466	htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim);
		2467	#else
30	mjames	2468	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
		2469	HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim);
50	mjames	2470	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	2471	}
		2472
		2473	/* Set the TIM state */
50	mjames	2474	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	2475
		2476	/* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */
		2477	TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
		2478
		2479	/* Reset the OPM Bit */
		2480	htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM;
		2481
		2482	/* Configure the OPM Mode */
		2483	htim->Instance->CR1 \|= OnePulseMode;
		2484
50	mjames	2485	/* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
		2486	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
		2487
		2488	/* Initialize the TIM channels state */
		2489	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		2490	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		2491
30	mjames	2492	/* Initialize the TIM state*/
50	mjames	2493	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
30	mjames	2494
		2495	return HAL_OK;
		2496	}
		2497
		2498	/**
		2499	* @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse
50	mjames	2500	* @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
30	mjames	2501	* @retval HAL status
		2502	*/
		2503	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		2504	{
		2505	/* Check the parameters */
		2506	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		2507
		2508	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
		2509
		2510	/* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
		2511	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		2512
50	mjames	2513	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		2514	if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
		2515	{
		2516	htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;
		2517	}
		2518	/* DeInit the low level hardware */
		2519	htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
		2520	#else
30	mjames	2521	/* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
		2522	HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim);
50	mjames	2523	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	2524
50	mjames	2525	/* Change the DMA burst operation state */
		2526	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
		2527
		2528	/* Set the TIM channel state */
		2529	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
		2530	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
		2531
30	mjames	2532	/* Change TIM state */
		2533	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
		2534
		2535	/* Release Lock */
		2536	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		2537
		2538	return HAL_OK;
		2539	}
		2540
		2541	/**
		2542	* @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP.
50	mjames	2543	* @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
30	mjames	2544	* @retval None
		2545	*/
		2546	__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		2547	{
		2548	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		2549	UNUSED(htim);
		2550
50	mjames	2551	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	2552	the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
		2553	*/
		2554	}
		2555
		2556	/**
		2557	* @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP.
50	mjames	2558	* @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
30	mjames	2559	* @retval None
		2560	*/
		2561	__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		2562	{
		2563	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		2564	UNUSED(htim);
		2565
50	mjames	2566	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	2567	the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
		2568	*/
		2569	}
		2570
		2571	/**
		2572	* @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
50	mjames	2573	* @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
		2574	* @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	2575	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2576	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		2577	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		2578	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	2579	*/
30	mjames	2580	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
		2581	{
50	mjames	2582	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
		2583	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
		2584
		2585	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		2586	UNUSED(OutputChannel);
		2587
		2588	/* Check the TIM channels state */
		2589	if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		2590	\|\| (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
		2591	{
		2592	return HAL_ERROR;
		2593	}
		2594
		2595	/* Set the TIM channels state */
		2596	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		2597	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		2598
30	mjames	2599	/* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
		2600	(in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
		2601	if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
		2602	if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
		2603	in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
		2604
		2605	No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
		2606	(the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
		2607
		2608	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		2609	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		2610
		2611	/* Return function status */
		2612	return HAL_OK;
		2613	}
		2614
		2615	/**
		2616	* @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
50	mjames	2617	* @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
		2618	* @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be disable
30	mjames	2619	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2620	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		2621	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		2622	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	2623	*/
30	mjames	2624	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
		2625	{
50	mjames	2626	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		2627	UNUSED(OutputChannel);
		2628
30	mjames	2629	/* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
		2630	(in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
		2631	if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
		2632	if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
		2633	in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
		2634
		2635	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		2636	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		2637
		2638	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		2639	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		2640
50	mjames	2641	/* Set the TIM channels state */
		2642	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		2643	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		2644
30	mjames	2645	/* Return function status */
		2646	return HAL_OK;
		2647	}
		2648
		2649	/**
		2650	* @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	2651	* @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
		2652	* @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	2653	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2654	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		2655	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		2656	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	2657	*/
30	mjames	2658	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
		2659	{
50	mjames	2660	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
		2661	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
		2662
		2663	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		2664	UNUSED(OutputChannel);
		2665
		2666	/* Check the TIM channels state */
		2667	if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		2668	\|\| (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
		2669	{
		2670	return HAL_ERROR;
		2671	}
		2672
		2673	/* Set the TIM channels state */
		2674	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		2675	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		2676
30	mjames	2677	/* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
		2678	(in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
		2679	if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
		2680	if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
		2681	in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
		2682
		2683	No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
		2684	(the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
		2685
		2686	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
		2687	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
		2688
		2689	/* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
		2690	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
		2691
		2692	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		2693	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		2694
		2695	/* Return function status */
		2696	return HAL_OK;
		2697	}
		2698
		2699	/**
		2700	* @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	2701	* @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
		2702	* @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	2703	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2704	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		2705	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		2706	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	2707	*/
30	mjames	2708	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
		2709	{
50	mjames	2710	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		2711	UNUSED(OutputChannel);
		2712
30	mjames	2713	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
		2714	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
		2715
		2716	/* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
		2717	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
		2718
		2719	/* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
		2720	(in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
		2721	if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
		2722	if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
		2723	in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
		2724	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		2725	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		2726
		2727	/* Disable the Peripheral */
50	mjames	2728	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
30	mjames	2729
50	mjames	2730	/* Set the TIM channels state */
		2731	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		2732	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		2733
30	mjames	2734	/* Return function status */
		2735	return HAL_OK;
		2736	}
		2737
		2738	/**
		2739	* @}
		2740	*/
		2741
50	mjames	2742	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions
		2743	* @brief TIM Encoder functions
		2744	*
30	mjames	2745	@verbatim
		2746	==============================================================================
50	mjames	2747	##### TIM Encoder functions #####
30	mjames	2748	==============================================================================
		2749	[..]
		2750	This section provides functions allowing to:
		2751	(+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder.
		2752	(+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder.
50	mjames	2753	(+) Start the TIM Encoder.
		2754	(+) Stop the TIM Encoder.
		2755	(+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt.
		2756	(+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt.
		2757	(+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer.
		2758	(+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer.
30	mjames	2759
		2760	@endverbatim
		2761	* @{
		2762	*/
		2763	/**
50	mjames	2764	* @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle.
		2765	* @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
		2766	* requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
		2767	* due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
		2768	* Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init()
		2769	* @note Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together
		2770	* Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource
		2771	* using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa
		2772	* @note When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer
		2773	* channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other
		2774	* purpose.
		2775	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
		2776	* @param sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure
30	mjames	2777	* @retval HAL status
		2778	*/
50	mjames	2779	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef sConfig)
30	mjames	2780	{
50	mjames	2781	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		2782	uint32_t tmpccmr1;
		2783	uint32_t tmpccer;
30	mjames	2784
		2785	/* Check the TIM handle allocation */
50	mjames	2786	if (htim == NULL)
30	mjames	2787	{
		2788	return HAL_ERROR;
		2789	}
		2790
		2791	/* Check the parameters */
50	mjames	2792	assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		2793	assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
		2794	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
		2795	assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
30	mjames	2796	assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode));
		2797	assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection));
		2798	assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection));
50	mjames	2799	assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
		2800	assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity));
30	mjames	2801	assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
		2802	assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler));
		2803	assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
		2804	assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter));
		2805
50	mjames	2806	if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
30	mjames	2807	{
		2808	/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
		2809	htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
		2810
50	mjames	2811	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		2812	/* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
		2813	TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
		2814
		2815	if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL)
		2816	{
		2817	htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;
		2818	}
		2819	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
		2820	htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim);
		2821	#else
30	mjames	2822	/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
		2823	HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim);
50	mjames	2824	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	2825	}
		2826
		2827	/* Set the TIM state */
50	mjames	2828	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	2829
50	mjames	2830	/* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */
		2831	htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS \| TIM_SMCR_ECE);
30	mjames	2832
		2833	/* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
		2834	TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
		2835
		2836	/* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
		2837	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
		2838
		2839	/* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
		2840	tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
		2841
		2842	/* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
		2843	tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
		2844
		2845	/* Set the encoder Mode */
		2846	tmpsmcr \|= sConfig->EncoderMode;
		2847
		2848	/* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
		2849	tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S \| TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
50	mjames	2850	tmpccmr1 \|= (sConfig->IC1Selection \| (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U));
30	mjames	2851
50	mjames	2852	/* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */
30	mjames	2853	tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC \| TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
		2854	tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F \| TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
50	mjames	2855	tmpccmr1 \|= sConfig->IC1Prescaler \| (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U);
		2856	tmpccmr1 \|= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) \| (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U);
30	mjames	2857
		2858	/* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
		2859	tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P \| TIM_CCER_CC2P);
		2860	tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP \| TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
50	mjames	2861	tmpccer \|= sConfig->IC1Polarity \| (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U);
30	mjames	2862
		2863	/* Write to TIMx SMCR */
		2864	htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
		2865
		2866	/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
		2867	htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
		2868
		2869	/* Write to TIMx CCER */
		2870	htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
		2871
50	mjames	2872	/* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
		2873	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
		2874
		2875	/* Set the TIM channels state */
		2876	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		2877	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		2878
30	mjames	2879	/* Initialize the TIM state*/
50	mjames	2880	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
30	mjames	2881
		2882	return HAL_OK;
		2883	}
		2884
		2885
		2886	/**
		2887	* @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface
50	mjames	2888	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
30	mjames	2889	* @retval HAL status
		2890	*/
		2891	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		2892	{
		2893	/* Check the parameters */
		2894	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		2895
		2896	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
		2897
		2898	/* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
		2899	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		2900
50	mjames	2901	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		2902	if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
		2903	{
		2904	htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;
		2905	}
		2906	/* DeInit the low level hardware */
		2907	htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
		2908	#else
30	mjames	2909	/* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
		2910	HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim);
50	mjames	2911	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	2912
50	mjames	2913	/* Change the DMA burst operation state */
		2914	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
		2915
		2916	/* Set the TIM channels state */
		2917	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
		2918	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
		2919
30	mjames	2920	/* Change TIM state */
		2921	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
		2922
		2923	/* Release Lock */
		2924	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		2925
		2926	return HAL_OK;
		2927	}
		2928
		2929	/**
		2930	* @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
50	mjames	2931	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
30	mjames	2932	* @retval None
		2933	*/
		2934	__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		2935	{
		2936	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		2937	UNUSED(htim);
		2938
50	mjames	2939	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	2940	the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
		2941	*/
		2942	}
		2943
		2944	/**
		2945	* @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
50	mjames	2946	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
30	mjames	2947	* @retval None
		2948	*/
		2949	__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		2950	{
		2951	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		2952	UNUSED(htim);
		2953
50	mjames	2954	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	2955	the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
		2956	*/
		2957	}
		2958
		2959	/**
		2960	* @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface.
50	mjames	2961	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
		2962	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	2963	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		2964	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		2965	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		2966	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
		2967	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	2968	*/
30	mjames	2969	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		2970	{
50	mjames	2971	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
		2972	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
		2973
30	mjames	2974	/* Check the parameters */
50	mjames	2975	assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
30	mjames	2976
50	mjames	2977	/* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
		2978	if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
		2979	{
		2980	if (channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		2981	{
		2982	return HAL_ERROR;
		2983	}
		2984	else
		2985	{
		2986	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		2987	}
		2988	}
		2989	else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
		2990	{
		2991	if (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		2992	{
		2993	return HAL_ERROR;
		2994	}
		2995	else
		2996	{
		2997	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		2998	}
		2999	}
		3000	else
		3001	{
		3002	if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		3003	\|\| (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
		3004	{
		3005	return HAL_ERROR;
		3006	}
		3007	else
		3008	{
		3009	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		3010	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		3011	}
		3012	}
		3013
30	mjames	3014	/* Enable the encoder interface channels */
		3015	switch (Channel)
		3016	{
		3017	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
50	mjames	3018	{
		3019	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
30	mjames	3020	break;
50	mjames	3021	}
		3022
30	mjames	3023	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
50	mjames	3024	{
		3025	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
30	mjames	3026	break;
50	mjames	3027	}
		3028
30	mjames	3029	default :
50	mjames	3030	{
		3031	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		3032	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		3033	break;
30	mjames	3034	}
		3035	}
		3036	/* Enable the Peripheral */
		3037	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		3038
		3039	/* Return function status */
		3040	return HAL_OK;
		3041	}
		3042
		3043	/**
		3044	* @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface.
50	mjames	3045	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
		3046	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
30	mjames	3047	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		3048	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		3049	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		3050	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
		3051	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	3052	*/
30	mjames	3053	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		3054	{
		3055	/* Check the parameters */
50	mjames	3056	assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
30	mjames	3057
50	mjames	3058	/* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
30	mjames	3059	(in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
		3060	switch (Channel)
		3061	{
		3062	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
50	mjames	3063	{
		3064	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
30	mjames	3065	break;
50	mjames	3066	}
		3067
30	mjames	3068	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
50	mjames	3069	{
		3070	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
30	mjames	3071	break;
50	mjames	3072	}
		3073
30	mjames	3074	default :
50	mjames	3075	{
		3076	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		3077	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		3078	break;
30	mjames	3079	}
		3080	}
		3081
		3082	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		3083	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		3084
50	mjames	3085	/* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
		3086	if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) \|\| (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
		3087	{
		3088	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		3089	}
		3090	else
		3091	{
		3092	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		3093	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		3094	}
		3095
30	mjames	3096	/* Return function status */
		3097	return HAL_OK;
		3098	}
		3099
		3100	/**
		3101	* @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	3102	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
		3103	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	3104	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		3105	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		3106	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		3107	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
		3108	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	3109	*/
30	mjames	3110	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		3111	{
50	mjames	3112	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
		3113	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
		3114
30	mjames	3115	/* Check the parameters */
50	mjames	3116	assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
30	mjames	3117
50	mjames	3118	/* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
		3119	if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
		3120	{
		3121	if (channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		3122	{
		3123	return HAL_ERROR;
		3124	}
		3125	else
		3126	{
		3127	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		3128	}
		3129	}
		3130	else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
		3131	{
		3132	if (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		3133	{
		3134	return HAL_ERROR;
		3135	}
		3136	else
		3137	{
		3138	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		3139	}
		3140	}
		3141	else
		3142	{
		3143	if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		3144	\|\| (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
		3145	{
		3146	return HAL_ERROR;
		3147	}
		3148	else
		3149	{
		3150	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		3151	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		3152	}
		3153	}
		3154
30	mjames	3155	/* Enable the encoder interface channels */
		3156	/* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */
		3157	switch (Channel)
		3158	{
		3159	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
50	mjames	3160	{
		3161	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		3162	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
30	mjames	3163	break;
50	mjames	3164	}
		3165
30	mjames	3166	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
50	mjames	3167	{
		3168	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		3169	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
30	mjames	3170	break;
50	mjames	3171	}
		3172
30	mjames	3173	default :
50	mjames	3174	{
		3175	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		3176	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		3177	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
		3178	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
		3179	break;
30	mjames	3180	}
		3181	}
		3182
		3183	/* Enable the Peripheral */
		3184	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		3185
		3186	/* Return function status */
		3187	return HAL_OK;
		3188	}
		3189
		3190	/**
		3191	* @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
50	mjames	3192	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
		3193	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
30	mjames	3194	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		3195	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		3196	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		3197	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
		3198	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	3199	*/
30	mjames	3200	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		3201	{
		3202	/* Check the parameters */
50	mjames	3203	assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
30	mjames	3204
		3205	/* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
		3206	(in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
50	mjames	3207	if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
30	mjames	3208	{
		3209	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		3210
		3211	/* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */
50	mjames	3212	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
30	mjames	3213	}
50	mjames	3214	else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
30	mjames	3215	{
		3216	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		3217
		3218	/* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */
50	mjames	3219	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
30	mjames	3220	}
		3221	else
		3222	{
		3223	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		3224	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		3225
		3226	/* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */
		3227	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
		3228	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
		3229	}
		3230
		3231	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		3232	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		3233
50	mjames	3234	/* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
		3235	if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) \|\| (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
		3236	{
		3237	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		3238	}
		3239	else
		3240	{
		3241	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		3242	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		3243	}
30	mjames	3244
		3245	/* Return function status */
		3246	return HAL_OK;
		3247	}
		3248
		3249	/**
		3250	* @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
50	mjames	3251	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
		3252	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	3253	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		3254	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		3255	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		3256	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
50	mjames	3257	* @param pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1.
		3258	* @param pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2.
		3259	* @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
30	mjames	3260	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	3261	*/
		3262	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t pData1,
		3263	uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length)
30	mjames	3264	{
50	mjames	3265	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
		3266	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
		3267
30	mjames	3268	/* Check the parameters */
50	mjames	3269	assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
30	mjames	3270
50	mjames	3271	/* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
		3272	if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
30	mjames	3273	{
50	mjames	3274	if (channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
		3275	{
		3276	return HAL_BUSY;
		3277	}
		3278	else if (channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		3279	{
		3280	if ((pData1 == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
		3281	{
		3282	return HAL_ERROR;
		3283	}
		3284	else
		3285	{
		3286	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		3287	}
		3288	}
		3289	else
		3290	{
		3291	return HAL_ERROR;
		3292	}
30	mjames	3293	}
50	mjames	3294	else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
30	mjames	3295	{
50	mjames	3296	if (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
30	mjames	3297	{
50	mjames	3298	return HAL_BUSY;
30	mjames	3299	}
50	mjames	3300	else if (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		3301	{
		3302	if ((pData2 == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
		3303	{
		3304	return HAL_ERROR;
		3305	}
		3306	else
		3307	{
		3308	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		3309	}
		3310	}
30	mjames	3311	else
		3312	{
50	mjames	3313	return HAL_ERROR;
30	mjames	3314	}
		3315	}
		3316	else
		3317	{
50	mjames	3318	if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
		3319	\|\| (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
		3320	{
		3321	return HAL_BUSY;
		3322	}
		3323	else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
		3324	&& (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
		3325	{
		3326	if ((((pData1 == NULL) \|\| (pData2 == NULL))) && (Length > 0U))
		3327	{
		3328	return HAL_ERROR;
		3329	}
		3330	else
		3331	{
		3332	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		3333	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
		3334	}
		3335	}
		3336	else
		3337	{
		3338	return HAL_ERROR;
		3339	}
30	mjames	3340	}
		3341
		3342	switch (Channel)
		3343	{
		3344	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		3345	{
50	mjames	3346	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
30	mjames	3347	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
50	mjames	3348	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	3349
		3350	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		3351	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		3352
		3353	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	3354	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK)
		3355	{
		3356	return HAL_ERROR;
		3357	}
30	mjames	3358	/* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
		3359	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
		3360
		3361	/* Enable the Peripheral */
		3362	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		3363
		3364	/* Enable the Capture compare channel */
		3365	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
50	mjames	3366	break;
30	mjames	3367	}
		3368
		3369	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		3370	{
50	mjames	3371	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
30	mjames	3372	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
50	mjames	3373	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	3374
		3375	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		3376	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
		3377	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	3378	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK)
		3379	{
		3380	return HAL_ERROR;
		3381	}
30	mjames	3382	/* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
		3383	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
		3384
		3385	/* Enable the Peripheral */
		3386	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		3387
		3388	/* Enable the Capture compare channel */
		3389	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
50	mjames	3390	break;
30	mjames	3391	}
		3392
		3393	case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL:
		3394	{
50	mjames	3395	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
30	mjames	3396	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
50	mjames	3397	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	3398
		3399	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		3400	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		3401
		3402	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	3403	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK)
		3404	{
		3405	return HAL_ERROR;
		3406	}
30	mjames	3407
50	mjames	3408	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
30	mjames	3409	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
50	mjames	3410	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	3411
		3412	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		3413	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		3414
		3415	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	3416	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK)
		3417	{
		3418	return HAL_ERROR;
		3419	}
		3420	/* Enable the Peripheral */
30	mjames	3421	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
		3422
		3423	/* Enable the Capture compare channel */
		3424	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		3425	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
		3426
		3427	/* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
		3428	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
		3429	/* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
		3430	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
50	mjames	3431	break;
30	mjames	3432	}
		3433
		3434	default:
50	mjames	3435	break;
30	mjames	3436	}
50	mjames	3437
30	mjames	3438	/* Return function status */
		3439	return HAL_OK;
		3440	}
		3441
		3442	/**
		3443	* @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
50	mjames	3444	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
		3445	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	3446	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		3447	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		3448	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		3449	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
		3450	* @retval HAL status
50	mjames	3451	*/
30	mjames	3452	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		3453	{
		3454	/* Check the parameters */
50	mjames	3455	assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
30	mjames	3456
		3457	/* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
		3458	(in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
50	mjames	3459	if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
30	mjames	3460	{
		3461	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		3462
		3463	/* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */
		3464	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
50	mjames	3465	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
30	mjames	3466	}
50	mjames	3467	else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
30	mjames	3468	{
		3469	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		3470
		3471	/* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */
		3472	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
50	mjames	3473	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
30	mjames	3474	}
		3475	else
		3476	{
		3477	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		3478	TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
		3479
		3480	/* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */
		3481	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
		3482	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
50	mjames	3483	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
		3484	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
30	mjames	3485	}
		3486
		3487	/* Disable the Peripheral */
		3488	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
		3489
50	mjames	3490	/* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
		3491	if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) \|\| (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
		3492	{
		3493	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		3494	}
		3495	else
		3496	{
		3497	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		3498	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		3499	}
30	mjames	3500
		3501	/* Return function status */
		3502	return HAL_OK;
		3503	}
		3504
		3505	/**
		3506	* @}
		3507	*/
		3508	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management
50	mjames	3509	* @brief TIM IRQ handler management
		3510	*
30	mjames	3511	@verbatim
		3512	==============================================================================
		3513	##### IRQ handler management #####
		3514	==============================================================================
		3515	[..]
		3516	This section provides Timer IRQ handler function.
		3517
		3518	@endverbatim
		3519	* @{
		3520	*/
		3521	/**
		3522	* @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests.
50	mjames	3523	* @param htim TIM handle
30	mjames	3524	* @retval None
		3525	*/
		3526	void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		3527	{
		3528	/* Capture compare 1 event */
50	mjames	3529	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET)
30	mjames	3530	{
50	mjames	3531	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET)
30	mjames	3532	{
		3533	{
		3534	__HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
		3535	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
		3536
		3537	/* Input capture event */
50	mjames	3538	if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U)
30	mjames	3539	{
50	mjames	3540	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		3541	htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
		3542	#else
30	mjames	3543	HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
50	mjames	3544	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	3545	}
		3546	/* Output compare event */
		3547	else
		3548	{
50	mjames	3549	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		3550	htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
		3551	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
		3552	#else
30	mjames	3553	HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
		3554	HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
50	mjames	3555	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	3556	}
		3557	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
		3558	}
		3559	}
		3560	}
		3561	/* Capture compare 2 event */
50	mjames	3562	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET)
30	mjames	3563	{
50	mjames	3564	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET)
30	mjames	3565	{
		3566	__HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
		3567	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
		3568	/* Input capture event */
50	mjames	3569	if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U)
30	mjames	3570	{
50	mjames	3571	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		3572	htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
		3573	#else
30	mjames	3574	HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
50	mjames	3575	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	3576	}
		3577	/* Output compare event */
		3578	else
		3579	{
50	mjames	3580	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		3581	htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
		3582	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
		3583	#else
30	mjames	3584	HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
		3585	HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
50	mjames	3586	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	3587	}
		3588	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
		3589	}
		3590	}
		3591	/* Capture compare 3 event */
50	mjames	3592	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET)
30	mjames	3593	{
50	mjames	3594	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET)
30	mjames	3595	{
		3596	__HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
		3597	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
		3598	/* Input capture event */
50	mjames	3599	if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U)
30	mjames	3600	{
50	mjames	3601	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		3602	htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
		3603	#else
30	mjames	3604	HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
50	mjames	3605	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	3606	}
		3607	/* Output compare event */
		3608	else
		3609	{
50	mjames	3610	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		3611	htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
		3612	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
		3613	#else
30	mjames	3614	HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
		3615	HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
50	mjames	3616	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	3617	}
		3618	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
		3619	}
		3620	}
		3621	/* Capture compare 4 event */
50	mjames	3622	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET)
30	mjames	3623	{
50	mjames	3624	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET)
30	mjames	3625	{
		3626	__HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
		3627	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
		3628	/* Input capture event */
50	mjames	3629	if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U)
30	mjames	3630	{
50	mjames	3631	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		3632	htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
		3633	#else
30	mjames	3634	HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
50	mjames	3635	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	3636	}
		3637	/* Output compare event */
		3638	else
		3639	{
50	mjames	3640	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		3641	htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
		3642	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
		3643	#else
30	mjames	3644	HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
		3645	HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
50	mjames	3646	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	3647	}
		3648	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
		3649	}
		3650	}
		3651	/* TIM Update event */
50	mjames	3652	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET)
30	mjames	3653	{
50	mjames	3654	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET)
30	mjames	3655	{
		3656	__HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
50	mjames	3657	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		3658	htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
		3659	#else
30	mjames	3660	HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
50	mjames	3661	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	3662	}
		3663	}
		3664	/* TIM Trigger detection event */
50	mjames	3665	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET)
30	mjames	3666	{
50	mjames	3667	if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET)
30	mjames	3668	{
		3669	__HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
50	mjames	3670	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		3671	htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
		3672	#else
30	mjames	3673	HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
50	mjames	3674	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	3675	}
		3676	}
		3677	}
		3678
		3679	/**
		3680	* @}
		3681	*/
		3682
50	mjames	3683	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions
		3684	* @brief TIM Peripheral Control functions
		3685	*
30	mjames	3686	@verbatim
		3687	==============================================================================
		3688	##### Peripheral Control functions #####
		3689	==============================================================================
		3690	[..]
		3691	This section provides functions allowing to:
		3692	(+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode.
		3693	(+) Configure External Clock source.
		3694	(+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
		3695	(+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode.
		3696
		3697	@endverbatim
		3698	* @{
		3699	*/
		3700
		3701	/**
		3702	* @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified
		3703	* parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
50	mjames	3704	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
		3705	* @param sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure
		3706	* @param Channel TIM Channels to configure
30	mjames	3707	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		3708	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		3709	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		3710	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		3711	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		3712	* @retval HAL status
		3713	*/
50	mjames	3714	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
		3715	TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
		3716	uint32_t Channel)
30	mjames	3717	{
		3718	/* Check the parameters */
		3719	assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
		3720	assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
		3721	assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
		3722
50	mjames	3723	/* Process Locked */
30	mjames	3724	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
		3725
		3726	switch (Channel)
		3727	{
		3728	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		3729	{
50	mjames	3730	/* Check the parameters */
30	mjames	3731	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
50	mjames	3732
30	mjames	3733	/* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */
		3734	TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
50	mjames	3735	break;
30	mjames	3736	}
		3737
		3738	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		3739	{
50	mjames	3740	/* Check the parameters */
30	mjames	3741	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
50	mjames	3742
30	mjames	3743	/* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */
		3744	TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
50	mjames	3745	break;
30	mjames	3746	}
		3747
		3748	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		3749	{
50	mjames	3750	/* Check the parameters */
		3751	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		3752
30	mjames	3753	/* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */
		3754	TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
50	mjames	3755	break;
30	mjames	3756	}
		3757
		3758	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		3759	{
50	mjames	3760	/* Check the parameters */
30	mjames	3761	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
50	mjames	3762
		3763	/* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */
		3764	TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
		3765	break;
30	mjames	3766	}
		3767
		3768	default:
50	mjames	3769	break;
30	mjames	3770	}
		3771
		3772	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		3773
		3774	return HAL_OK;
		3775	}
		3776
		3777	/**
		3778	* @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified
		3779	* parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef.
50	mjames	3780	* @param htim TIM IC handle
		3781	* @param sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure
		3782	* @param Channel TIM Channel to configure
30	mjames	3783	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		3784	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		3785	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		3786	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		3787	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		3788	* @retval HAL status
		3789	*/
50	mjames	3790	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
30	mjames	3791	{
		3792	/* Check the parameters */
		3793	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		3794	assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity));
		3795	assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection));
		3796	assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler));
		3797	assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter));
		3798
50	mjames	3799	/* Process Locked */
30	mjames	3800	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
		3801
		3802	if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
		3803	{
		3804	/* TI1 Configuration */
		3805	TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
50	mjames	3806	sConfig->ICPolarity,
		3807	sConfig->ICSelection,
		3808	sConfig->ICFilter);
30	mjames	3809
		3810	/* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
		3811	htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
		3812
		3813	/* Set the IC1PSC value */
		3814	htim->Instance->CCMR1 \|= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
		3815	}
		3816	else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
		3817	{
		3818	/* TI2 Configuration */
		3819	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		3820
		3821	TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
		3822	sConfig->ICPolarity,
		3823	sConfig->ICSelection,
		3824	sConfig->ICFilter);
		3825
		3826	/* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
		3827	htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
		3828
		3829	/* Set the IC2PSC value */
50	mjames	3830	htim->Instance->CCMR1 \|= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
30	mjames	3831	}
		3832	else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3)
		3833	{
		3834	/* TI3 Configuration */
		3835	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		3836
		3837	TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
50	mjames	3838	sConfig->ICPolarity,
		3839	sConfig->ICSelection,
		3840	sConfig->ICFilter);
30	mjames	3841
		3842	/* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
		3843	htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC;
		3844
		3845	/* Set the IC3PSC value */
		3846	htim->Instance->CCMR2 \|= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
		3847	}
		3848	else
		3849	{
		3850	/* TI4 Configuration */
		3851	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		3852
		3853	TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
50	mjames	3854	sConfig->ICPolarity,
		3855	sConfig->ICSelection,
		3856	sConfig->ICFilter);
30	mjames	3857
		3858	/* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
		3859	htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC;
		3860
		3861	/* Set the IC4PSC value */
50	mjames	3862	htim->Instance->CCMR2 \|= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
30	mjames	3863	}
		3864
		3865	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		3866
		3867	return HAL_OK;
		3868	}
		3869
		3870	/**
		3871	* @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified
		3872	* parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
50	mjames	3873	* @param htim TIM PWM handle
		3874	* @param sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure
		3875	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be configured
30	mjames	3876	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		3877	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		3878	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		3879	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		3880	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		3881	* @retval HAL status
		3882	*/
50	mjames	3883	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
		3884	TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
		3885	uint32_t Channel)
30	mjames	3886	{
		3887	/* Check the parameters */
		3888	assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
		3889	assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
		3890	assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
		3891	assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode));
		3892
50	mjames	3893	/* Process Locked */
		3894	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
30	mjames	3895
		3896	switch (Channel)
		3897	{
		3898	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		3899	{
50	mjames	3900	/* Check the parameters */
30	mjames	3901	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
50	mjames	3902
30	mjames	3903	/* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */
		3904	TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
		3905
		3906	/* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */
		3907	htim->Instance->CCMR1 \|= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE;
		3908
		3909	/* Configure the Output Fast mode */
		3910	htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
		3911	htim->Instance->CCMR1 \|= sConfig->OCFastMode;
50	mjames	3912	break;
30	mjames	3913	}
		3914
		3915	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		3916	{
50	mjames	3917	/* Check the parameters */
30	mjames	3918	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
50	mjames	3919
30	mjames	3920	/* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */
		3921	TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
		3922
		3923	/* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */
		3924	htim->Instance->CCMR1 \|= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE;
		3925
		3926	/* Configure the Output Fast mode */
		3927	htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE;
50	mjames	3928	htim->Instance->CCMR1 \|= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
		3929	break;
30	mjames	3930	}
		3931
		3932	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
		3933	{
50	mjames	3934	/* Check the parameters */
30	mjames	3935	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
50	mjames	3936
30	mjames	3937	/* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */
		3938	TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
		3939
		3940	/* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */
		3941	htim->Instance->CCMR2 \|= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE;
		3942
50	mjames	3943	/* Configure the Output Fast mode */
30	mjames	3944	htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
		3945	htim->Instance->CCMR2 \|= sConfig->OCFastMode;
50	mjames	3946	break;
30	mjames	3947	}
		3948
		3949	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
		3950	{
50	mjames	3951	/* Check the parameters */
30	mjames	3952	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
50	mjames	3953
30	mjames	3954	/* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */
		3955	TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
		3956
		3957	/* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */
		3958	htim->Instance->CCMR2 \|= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE;
		3959
50	mjames	3960	/* Configure the Output Fast mode */
30	mjames	3961	htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE;
50	mjames	3962	htim->Instance->CCMR2 \|= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
		3963	break;
30	mjames	3964	}
		3965
		3966	default:
50	mjames	3967	break;
30	mjames	3968	}
		3969
		3970	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		3971
		3972	return HAL_OK;
		3973	}
		3974
		3975	/**
		3976	* @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified
		3977	* parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef.
50	mjames	3978	* @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
		3979	* @param sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure
		3980	* @param OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure
30	mjames	3981	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		3982	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		3983	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
50	mjames	3984	* @param InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure
30	mjames	3985	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		3986	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		3987	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
50	mjames	3988	* @note To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast
		3989	* mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx
		3990	* output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input,
		3991	* without taking in account the comparison.
30	mjames	3992	* @retval HAL status
		3993	*/
50	mjames	3994	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef sConfig,
		3995	uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel)
30	mjames	3996	{
		3997	TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1;
		3998
		3999	/* Check the parameters */
		4000	assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel));
		4001	assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel));
		4002
50	mjames	4003	if (OutputChannel != InputChannel)
30	mjames	4004	{
50	mjames	4005	/* Process Locked */
		4006	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
30	mjames	4007
50	mjames	4008	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	4009
50	mjames	4010	/* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */
		4011	temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode;
		4012	temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse;
		4013	temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity;
30	mjames	4014
		4015	switch (OutputChannel)
		4016	{
50	mjames	4017	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		4018	{
30	mjames	4019	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4020
50	mjames	4021	TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
		4022	break;
		4023	}
		4024	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		4025	{
30	mjames	4026	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4027
50	mjames	4028	TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
		4029	break;
		4030	}
		4031	default:
		4032	break;
30	mjames	4033	}
50	mjames	4034
		4035	switch (InputChannel)
30	mjames	4036	{
50	mjames	4037	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
		4038	{
		4039	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
30	mjames	4040
50	mjames	4041	TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
		4042	sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
30	mjames	4043
50	mjames	4044	/* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
		4045	htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
30	mjames	4046
50	mjames	4047	/* Select the Trigger source */
		4048	htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
		4049	htim->Instance->SMCR \|= TIM_TS_TI1FP1;
30	mjames	4050
50	mjames	4051	/* Select the Slave Mode */
		4052	htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		4053	htim->Instance->SMCR \|= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
		4054	break;
		4055	}
		4056	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
		4057	{
		4058	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
30	mjames	4059
50	mjames	4060	TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
		4061	sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
30	mjames	4062
50	mjames	4063	/* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
		4064	htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
30	mjames	4065
50	mjames	4066	/* Select the Trigger source */
		4067	htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
		4068	htim->Instance->SMCR \|= TIM_TS_TI2FP2;
30	mjames	4069
50	mjames	4070	/* Select the Slave Mode */
		4071	htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		4072	htim->Instance->SMCR \|= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
		4073	break;
		4074	}
		4075
		4076	default:
		4077	break;
30	mjames	4078	}
		4079
50	mjames	4080	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
30	mjames	4081
50	mjames	4082	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
30	mjames	4083
50	mjames	4084	return HAL_OK;
		4085	}
30	mjames	4086	else
		4087	{
		4088	return HAL_ERROR;
		4089	}
		4090	}
		4091
		4092	/**
		4093	* @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	4094	* @param htim TIM handle
		4095	* @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write
30	mjames	4096	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		4097	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
		4098	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
		4099	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
		4100	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
		4101	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
		4102	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
		4103	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
		4104	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
		4105	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
		4106	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
		4107	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
		4108	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
		4109	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
		4110	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
		4111	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
		4112	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
50	mjames	4113	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR
		4114	* @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
30	mjames	4115	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		4116	* @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
		4117	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
		4118	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
		4119	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
		4120	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
		4121	* @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
50	mjames	4122	* @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
		4123	* @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
30	mjames	4124	* between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
50	mjames	4125	* @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
30	mjames	4126	* @retval HAL status
		4127	*/
50	mjames	4128	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
		4129	uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength)
30	mjames	4130	{
50	mjames	4131	return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength,
		4132	((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U);
		4133	}
		4134
		4135	/**
		4136	* @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
		4137	* @param htim TIM handle
		4138	* @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write
		4139	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		4140	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
		4141	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
		4142	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
		4143	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
		4144	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
		4145	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
		4146	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
		4147	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
		4148	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
		4149	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
		4150	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
		4151	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
		4152	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
		4153	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
		4154	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
		4155	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
		4156	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR
		4157	* @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
		4158	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		4159	* @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
		4160	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
		4161	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
		4162	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
		4163	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
		4164	* @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
		4165	* @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
		4166	* @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
		4167	* between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
		4168	* @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value
		4169	* between 1 and 0xFFFF.
		4170	* @retval HAL status
		4171	*/
		4172	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
		4173	uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer,
		4174	uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength)
		4175	{
30	mjames	4176	/* Check the parameters */
		4177	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4178	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
		4179	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
		4180	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
50	mjames	4181	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength));
30	mjames	4182
50	mjames	4183	if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY)
30	mjames	4184	{
50	mjames	4185	return HAL_BUSY;
30	mjames	4186	}
50	mjames	4187	else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY)
30	mjames	4188	{
50	mjames	4189	if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
30	mjames	4190	{
		4191	return HAL_ERROR;
		4192	}
		4193	else
		4194	{
50	mjames	4195	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	4196	}
		4197	}
		4198	else
		4199	{
50	mjames	4200	/* nothing to do */
30	mjames	4201	}
50	mjames	4202	switch (BurstRequestSrc)
30	mjames	4203	{
		4204	case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
		4205	{
50	mjames	4206	/* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
30	mjames	4207	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
50	mjames	4208	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4209
		4210	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4211	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4212
		4213	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4214	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4215	(uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4216	{
		4217	return HAL_ERROR;
		4218	}
		4219	break;
30	mjames	4220	}
		4221	case TIM_DMA_CC1:
		4222	{
50	mjames	4223	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
		4224	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
		4225	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4226
		4227	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4228	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4229
		4230	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4231	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4232	(uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4233	{
		4234	return HAL_ERROR;
		4235	}
		4236	break;
30	mjames	4237	}
		4238	case TIM_DMA_CC2:
		4239	{
50	mjames	4240	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
		4241	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
		4242	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4243
		4244	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4245	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4246
		4247	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4248	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4249	(uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4250	{
		4251	return HAL_ERROR;
		4252	}
		4253	break;
30	mjames	4254	}
		4255	case TIM_DMA_CC3:
		4256	{
50	mjames	4257	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
		4258	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
		4259	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4260
		4261	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4262	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4263
		4264	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4265	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4266	(uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4267	{
		4268	return HAL_ERROR;
		4269	}
		4270	break;
30	mjames	4271	}
		4272	case TIM_DMA_CC4:
		4273	{
50	mjames	4274	/* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
		4275	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
		4276	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4277
		4278	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4279	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4280
		4281	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4282	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4283	(uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4284	{
		4285	return HAL_ERROR;
		4286	}
		4287	break;
30	mjames	4288	}
		4289	case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
		4290	{
50	mjames	4291	/* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
30	mjames	4292	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
50	mjames	4293	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4294
		4295	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4296	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4297
		4298	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4299	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4300	(uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4301	{
		4302	return HAL_ERROR;
		4303	}
		4304	break;
30	mjames	4305	}
		4306	default:
50	mjames	4307	break;
30	mjames	4308	}
		4309
50	mjames	4310	/* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */
		4311	htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress \| BurstLength);
		4312	/* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
		4313	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
30	mjames	4314
		4315	/* Return function status */
		4316	return HAL_OK;
		4317	}
		4318
		4319	/**
		4320	* @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode
50	mjames	4321	* @param htim TIM handle
		4322	* @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable
30	mjames	4323	* @retval HAL status
		4324	*/
		4325	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
		4326	{
50	mjames	4327	HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
30	mjames	4328	/* Check the parameters */
		4329	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
		4330
		4331	/* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
50	mjames	4332	switch (BurstRequestSrc)
30	mjames	4333	{
		4334	case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
		4335	{
50	mjames	4336	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
		4337	break;
30	mjames	4338	}
		4339	case TIM_DMA_CC1:
		4340	{
50	mjames	4341	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
		4342	break;
30	mjames	4343	}
		4344	case TIM_DMA_CC2:
		4345	{
50	mjames	4346	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
		4347	break;
30	mjames	4348	}
		4349	case TIM_DMA_CC3:
		4350	{
50	mjames	4351	status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
		4352	break;
30	mjames	4353	}
		4354	case TIM_DMA_CC4:
		4355	{
50	mjames	4356	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
		4357	break;
30	mjames	4358	}
		4359	case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
		4360	{
50	mjames	4361	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
		4362	break;
30	mjames	4363	}
		4364	default:
50	mjames	4365	break;
30	mjames	4366	}
		4367
50	mjames	4368	if (HAL_OK == status)
		4369	{
		4370	/* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
		4371	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
		4372	}
30	mjames	4373
50	mjames	4374	/* Change the DMA burst operation state */
		4375	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
		4376
30	mjames	4377	/* Return function status */
50	mjames	4378	return status;
30	mjames	4379	}
		4380
		4381	/**
		4382	* @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
50	mjames	4383	* @param htim TIM handle
		4384	* @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read
30	mjames	4385	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		4386	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
		4387	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
		4388	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
		4389	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
		4390	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
		4391	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
		4392	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
		4393	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
		4394	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
		4395	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
		4396	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
		4397	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
		4398	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
		4399	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
		4400	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
		4401	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
50	mjames	4402	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR
		4403	* @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
30	mjames	4404	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		4405	* @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
		4406	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
		4407	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
		4408	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
		4409	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
		4410	* @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
50	mjames	4411	* @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
		4412	* @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
30	mjames	4413	* between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
50	mjames	4414	* @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
30	mjames	4415	* @retval HAL status
		4416	*/
50	mjames	4417	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
		4418	uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength)
30	mjames	4419	{
50	mjames	4420	return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength,
		4421	((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U);
		4422	}
		4423
		4424	/**
		4425	* @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
		4426	* @param htim TIM handle
		4427	* @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read
		4428	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		4429	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
		4430	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
		4431	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
		4432	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
		4433	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
		4434	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
		4435	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
		4436	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
		4437	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
		4438	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
		4439	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
		4440	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
		4441	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
		4442	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
		4443	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
		4444	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
		4445	* @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR
		4446	* @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
		4447	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		4448	* @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
		4449	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
		4450	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
		4451	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
		4452	* @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
		4453	* @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
		4454	* @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
		4455	* @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
		4456	* between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
		4457	* @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value
		4458	* between 1 and 0xFFFF.
		4459	* @retval HAL status
		4460	*/
		4461	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
		4462	uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer,
		4463	uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength)
		4464	{
30	mjames	4465	/* Check the parameters */
		4466	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4467	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
		4468	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
		4469	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
50	mjames	4470	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength));
30	mjames	4471
50	mjames	4472	if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY)
30	mjames	4473	{
50	mjames	4474	return HAL_BUSY;
30	mjames	4475	}
50	mjames	4476	else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY)
30	mjames	4477	{
50	mjames	4478	if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
30	mjames	4479	{
		4480	return HAL_ERROR;
		4481	}
		4482	else
		4483	{
50	mjames	4484	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY;
30	mjames	4485	}
		4486	}
		4487	else
		4488	{
50	mjames	4489	/* nothing to do */
30	mjames	4490	}
50	mjames	4491	switch (BurstRequestSrc)
30	mjames	4492	{
		4493	case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
		4494	{
50	mjames	4495	/* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
30	mjames	4496	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
50	mjames	4497	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4498
		4499	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4500	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4501
		4502	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4503	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4504	DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4505	{
		4506	return HAL_ERROR;
		4507	}
		4508	break;
30	mjames	4509	}
		4510	case TIM_DMA_CC1:
		4511	{
50	mjames	4512	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
		4513	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
		4514	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4515
		4516	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4517	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4518
		4519	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4520	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4521	DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4522	{
		4523	return HAL_ERROR;
		4524	}
		4525	break;
30	mjames	4526	}
		4527	case TIM_DMA_CC2:
		4528	{
50	mjames	4529	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
		4530	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
		4531	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4532
		4533	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4534	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4535
		4536	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4537	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4538	DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4539	{
		4540	return HAL_ERROR;
		4541	}
		4542	break;
30	mjames	4543	}
		4544	case TIM_DMA_CC3:
		4545	{
50	mjames	4546	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
		4547	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
		4548	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4549
		4550	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4551	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4552
		4553	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4554	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4555	DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4556	{
		4557	return HAL_ERROR;
		4558	}
		4559	break;
30	mjames	4560	}
		4561	case TIM_DMA_CC4:
		4562	{
50	mjames	4563	/* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
		4564	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
		4565	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4566
		4567	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4568	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4569
		4570	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4571	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4572	DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4573	{
		4574	return HAL_ERROR;
		4575	}
		4576	break;
30	mjames	4577	}
		4578	case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
		4579	{
50	mjames	4580	/* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
30	mjames	4581	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
50	mjames	4582	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;
30	mjames	4583
		4584	/* Set the DMA error callback */
		4585	htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
		4586
		4587	/* Enable the DMA channel */
50	mjames	4588	if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
		4589	DataLength) != HAL_OK)
		4590	{
		4591	return HAL_ERROR;
		4592	}
		4593	break;
30	mjames	4594	}
		4595	default:
50	mjames	4596	break;
30	mjames	4597	}
		4598
50	mjames	4599	/* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */
		4600	htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress \| BurstLength);
30	mjames	4601
		4602	/* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
		4603	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
		4604
		4605	/* Return function status */
		4606	return HAL_OK;
		4607	}
		4608
		4609	/**
		4610	* @brief Stop the DMA burst reading
50	mjames	4611	* @param htim TIM handle
		4612	* @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable.
30	mjames	4613	* @retval HAL status
		4614	*/
		4615	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
		4616	{
50	mjames	4617	HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
30	mjames	4618	/* Check the parameters */
		4619	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
		4620
		4621	/* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
50	mjames	4622	switch (BurstRequestSrc)
30	mjames	4623	{
		4624	case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
		4625	{
50	mjames	4626	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
		4627	break;
30	mjames	4628	}
		4629	case TIM_DMA_CC1:
		4630	{
50	mjames	4631	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
		4632	break;
30	mjames	4633	}
		4634	case TIM_DMA_CC2:
		4635	{
50	mjames	4636	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
		4637	break;
30	mjames	4638	}
		4639	case TIM_DMA_CC3:
		4640	{
50	mjames	4641	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
		4642	break;
30	mjames	4643	}
		4644	case TIM_DMA_CC4:
		4645	{
50	mjames	4646	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
		4647	break;
30	mjames	4648	}
		4649	case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
		4650	{
50	mjames	4651	(void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
		4652	break;
30	mjames	4653	}
		4654	default:
50	mjames	4655	break;
30	mjames	4656	}
		4657
50	mjames	4658	if (HAL_OK == status)
		4659	{
		4660	/* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
		4661	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
		4662	}
30	mjames	4663
50	mjames	4664	/* Change the DMA burst operation state */
		4665	htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
		4666
30	mjames	4667	/* Return function status */
50	mjames	4668	return status;
30	mjames	4669	}
		4670
		4671	/**
		4672	* @brief Generate a software event
50	mjames	4673	* @param htim TIM handle
		4674	* @param EventSource specifies the event source.
30	mjames	4675	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		4676	* @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source
		4677	* @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
		4678	* @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
		4679	* @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
		4680	* @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
		4681	* @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source
50	mjames	4682	* @note Basic timers can only generate an update event.
30	mjames	4683	* @retval HAL status
		4684	*/
		4685
		4686	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource)
		4687	{
		4688	/* Check the parameters */
		4689	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4690	assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource));
		4691
		4692	/* Process Locked */
		4693	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
		4694
		4695	/* Change the TIM state */
		4696	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
		4697
		4698	/* Set the event sources */
		4699	htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource;
		4700
		4701	/* Change the TIM state */
		4702	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		4703
		4704	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		4705
		4706	/* Return function status */
		4707	return HAL_OK;
		4708	}
		4709
		4710	/**
		4711	* @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature
50	mjames	4712	* @param htim TIM handle
		4713	* @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that
30	mjames	4714	* contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
50	mjames	4715	* @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel
30	mjames	4716	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		4717	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
		4718	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
		4719	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
		4720	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
		4721	* @retval HAL status
		4722	*/
50	mjames	4723	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
		4724	TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig,
		4725	uint32_t Channel)
30	mjames	4726	{
		4727	/* Check the parameters */
		4728	assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4729	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource));
		4730
		4731	/* Process Locked */
		4732	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
		4733
		4734	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
		4735
		4736	switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)
		4737	{
		4738	case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE:
		4739	{
50	mjames	4740	/* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */
		4741	CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_OCCS \| TIM_SMCR_ETF \| TIM_SMCR_ETPS \| TIM_SMCR_ECE \| TIM_SMCR_ETP));
		4742	break;
30	mjames	4743	}
		4744	case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_OCREFCLR:
		4745	{
		4746	/* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */
		4747	CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS);
		4748	}
		4749	break;
50	mjames	4750
30	mjames	4751	case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR:
		4752	{
50	mjames	4753	/* Check the parameters */
		4754	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity));
		4755	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler));
		4756	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter));
		4757
		4758	/* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */
		4759	if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1)
		4760	{
		4761	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		4762	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		4763	return HAL_ERROR;
		4764	}
		4765
30	mjames	4766	TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
		4767	sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler,
		4768	sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity,
		4769	sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter);
		4770
		4771	/* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */
		4772	SET_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS);
50	mjames	4773	break;
30	mjames	4774	}
		4775
50	mjames	4776	default:
		4777	break;
30	mjames	4778	}
		4779
		4780	switch (Channel)
		4781	{
		4782	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
50	mjames	4783	{
		4784	if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
30	mjames	4785	{
50	mjames	4786	/* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
		4787	SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
30	mjames	4788	}
50	mjames	4789	else
		4790	{
		4791	/* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
		4792	CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
		4793	}
30	mjames	4794	break;
50	mjames	4795	}
30	mjames	4796	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
50	mjames	4797	{
		4798	if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
30	mjames	4799	{
50	mjames	4800	/* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
		4801	SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
30	mjames	4802	}
50	mjames	4803	else
		4804	{
		4805	/* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
		4806	CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
		4807	}
		4808	break;
		4809	}
30	mjames	4810	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
50	mjames	4811	{
		4812	if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
30	mjames	4813	{
50	mjames	4814	/* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
		4815	SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
30	mjames	4816	}
50	mjames	4817	else
		4818	{
		4819	/* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
		4820	CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
		4821	}
		4822	break;
		4823	}
30	mjames	4824	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
50	mjames	4825	{
		4826	if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
30	mjames	4827	{
50	mjames	4828	/* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
		4829	SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
30	mjames	4830	}
50	mjames	4831	else
		4832	{
		4833	/* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
		4834	CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
		4835	}
		4836	break;
		4837	}
30	mjames	4838	default:
50	mjames	4839	break;
30	mjames	4840	}
		4841
		4842	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		4843
		4844	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		4845
		4846	return HAL_OK;
		4847	}
		4848
		4849	/**
		4850	* @brief Configures the clock source to be used
50	mjames	4851	* @param htim TIM handle
		4852	* @param sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that
30	mjames	4853	* contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral.
		4854	* @retval HAL status
		4855	*/
50	mjames	4856	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef sClockSourceConfig)
30	mjames	4857	{
50	mjames	4858	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
30	mjames	4859
		4860	/* Process Locked */
		4861	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
		4862
		4863	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
		4864
		4865	/* Check the parameters */
		4866	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource));
		4867
		4868	/* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */
		4869	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
		4870	tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS \| TIM_SMCR_TS);
		4871	tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF \| TIM_SMCR_ETPS \| TIM_SMCR_ECE \| TIM_SMCR_ETP);
		4872	htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
		4873
		4874	switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)
		4875	{
50	mjames	4876	case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL:
30	mjames	4877	{
		4878	assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
50	mjames	4879	break;
30	mjames	4880	}
		4881
50	mjames	4882	case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1:
30	mjames	4883	{
		4884	/* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/
		4885	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4886
		4887	/* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
		4888	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
		4889	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
		4890	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
50	mjames	4891
30	mjames	4892	/* Configure the ETR Clock source */
		4893	TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
		4894	sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
		4895	sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
		4896	sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
50	mjames	4897
		4898	/* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */
30	mjames	4899	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
		4900	tmpsmcr \|= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 \| TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1);
		4901	/* Write to TIMx SMCR */
		4902	htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
50	mjames	4903	break;
30	mjames	4904	}
		4905
50	mjames	4906	case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2:
30	mjames	4907	{
		4908	/* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/
		4909	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4910
		4911	/* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
		4912	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
		4913	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
		4914	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
50	mjames	4915
30	mjames	4916	/* Configure the ETR Clock source */
		4917	TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
		4918	sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
		4919	sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
		4920	sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
		4921	/* Enable the External clock mode2 */
		4922	htim->Instance->SMCR \|= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
50	mjames	4923	break;
30	mjames	4924	}
		4925
50	mjames	4926	case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1:
30	mjames	4927	{
		4928	/* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
		4929	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4930
		4931	/* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
		4932	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
		4933	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
50	mjames	4934
30	mjames	4935	TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
		4936	sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
		4937	sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
		4938	TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1);
50	mjames	4939	break;
30	mjames	4940	}
50	mjames	4941
		4942	case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2:
30	mjames	4943	{
		4944	/* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/
		4945	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4946
50	mjames	4947	/* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */
30	mjames	4948	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
		4949	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
		4950
		4951	TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
		4952	sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
		4953	sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
		4954	TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2);
50	mjames	4955	break;
30	mjames	4956	}
50	mjames	4957
		4958	case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED:
30	mjames	4959	{
		4960	/* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
		4961	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		4962
		4963	/* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
		4964	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
		4965	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
		4966
		4967	TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
		4968	sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
		4969	sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
		4970	TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED);
50	mjames	4971	break;
30	mjames	4972	}
		4973
50	mjames	4974	case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0:
		4975	case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1:
		4976	case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2:
		4977	case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3:
		4978	{
		4979	/* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */
		4980	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
30	mjames	4981
50	mjames	4982	TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource);
		4983	break;
		4984	}
30	mjames	4985
50	mjames	4986	default:
		4987	break;
30	mjames	4988	}
		4989	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		4990
		4991	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		4992
		4993	return HAL_OK;
		4994	}
		4995
		4996	/**
		4997	* @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input
		4998	* or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input
50	mjames	4999	* @param htim TIM handle.
		5000	* @param TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the
30	mjames	5001	* output of a XOR gate.
		5002	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		5003	* @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
		5004	* @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3
		5005	* pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination)
		5006	* @retval HAL status
		5007	*/
		5008	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection)
		5009	{
50	mjames	5010	uint32_t tmpcr2;
30	mjames	5011
		5012	/* Check the parameters */
		5013	assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		5014	assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection));
		5015
		5016	/* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
		5017	tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
		5018
		5019	/* Reset the TI1 selection */
		5020	tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S;
		5021
50	mjames	5022	/* Set the TI1 selection */
30	mjames	5023	tmpcr2 \|= TI1_Selection;
		5024
		5025	/* Write to TIMxCR2 */
		5026	htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
		5027
		5028	return HAL_OK;
		5029	}
		5030
		5031	/**
		5032	* @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode
50	mjames	5033	* @param htim TIM handle.
		5034	* @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
30	mjames	5035	* contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
50	mjames	5036	* timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
		5037	* (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
30	mjames	5038	* @retval HAL status
		5039	*/
50	mjames	5040	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef sSlaveConfig)
30	mjames	5041	{
		5042	/* Check the parameters */
		5043	assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		5044	assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
		5045	assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
50	mjames	5046
30	mjames	5047	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
50	mjames	5048
30	mjames	5049	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
		5050
50	mjames	5051	if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
		5052	{
		5053	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		5054	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		5055	return HAL_ERROR;
		5056	}
		5057
30	mjames	5058	/* Disable Trigger Interrupt */
		5059	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
50	mjames	5060
30	mjames	5061	/* Disable Trigger DMA request */
		5062	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
50	mjames	5063
30	mjames	5064	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
50	mjames	5065
		5066	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		5067
30	mjames	5068	return HAL_OK;
50	mjames	5069	}
30	mjames	5070
		5071	/**
		5072	* @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode
50	mjames	5073	* @param htim TIM handle.
		5074	* @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
30	mjames	5075	* contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
50	mjames	5076	* timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
		5077	* (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
30	mjames	5078	* @retval HAL status
		5079	*/
50	mjames	5080	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
		5081	TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
30	mjames	5082	{
		5083	/* Check the parameters */
		5084	assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		5085	assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
		5086	assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
50	mjames	5087
30	mjames	5088	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
		5089
		5090	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
50	mjames	5091
		5092	if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
		5093	{
		5094	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		5095	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		5096	return HAL_ERROR;
		5097	}
		5098
30	mjames	5099	/* Enable Trigger Interrupt */
		5100	__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
50	mjames	5101
30	mjames	5102	/* Disable Trigger DMA request */
		5103	__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
50	mjames	5104
30	mjames	5105	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
50	mjames	5106
		5107	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		5108
30	mjames	5109	return HAL_OK;
		5110	}
		5111
		5112	/**
		5113	* @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit
50	mjames	5114	* @param htim TIM handle.
		5115	* @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
30	mjames	5116	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		5117	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
		5118	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
		5119	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
		5120	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
		5121	* @retval Captured value
		5122	*/
		5123	uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		5124	{
50	mjames	5125	uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
30	mjames	5126
		5127	switch (Channel)
		5128	{
50	mjames	5129	case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
30	mjames	5130	{
		5131	/* Check the parameters */
		5132	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		5133
		5134	/* Return the capture 1 value */
		5135	tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1;
		5136
		5137	break;
		5138	}
50	mjames	5139	case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
30	mjames	5140	{
		5141	/* Check the parameters */
		5142	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		5143
		5144	/* Return the capture 2 value */
		5145	tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2;
		5146
		5147	break;
		5148	}
		5149
50	mjames	5150	case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
30	mjames	5151	{
		5152	/* Check the parameters */
		5153	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		5154
		5155	/* Return the capture 3 value */
		5156	tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3;
		5157
		5158	break;
		5159	}
		5160
50	mjames	5161	case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
30	mjames	5162	{
		5163	/* Check the parameters */
		5164	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		5165
		5166	/* Return the capture 4 value */
		5167	tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4;
		5168
		5169	break;
		5170	}
		5171
50	mjames	5172	default:
		5173	break;
30	mjames	5174	}
		5175
		5176	return tmpreg;
		5177	}
		5178
		5179	/**
		5180	* @}
		5181	*/
		5182
		5183	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions
50	mjames	5184	* @brief TIM Callbacks functions
		5185	*
30	mjames	5186	@verbatim
		5187	==============================================================================
		5188	##### TIM Callbacks functions #####
		5189	==============================================================================
		5190	[..]
		5191	This section provides TIM callback functions:
50	mjames	5192	(+) TIM Period elapsed callback
		5193	(+) TIM Output Compare callback
		5194	(+) TIM Input capture callback
		5195	(+) TIM Trigger callback
		5196	(+) TIM Error callback
30	mjames	5197
		5198	@endverbatim
		5199	* @{
		5200	*/
		5201
		5202	/**
50	mjames	5203	* @brief Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode
		5204	* @param htim TIM handle
30	mjames	5205	* @retval None
		5206	*/
		5207	__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5208	{
		5209	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		5210	UNUSED(htim);
		5211
50	mjames	5212	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
		5213	the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
30	mjames	5214	*/
50	mjames	5215	}
30	mjames	5216
50	mjames	5217	/**
		5218	* @brief Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode
		5219	* @param htim TIM handle
		5220	* @retval None
		5221	*/
		5222	__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5223	{
		5224	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		5225	UNUSED(htim);
		5226
		5227	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
		5228	the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
		5229	*/
30	mjames	5230	}
50	mjames	5231
30	mjames	5232	/**
50	mjames	5233	* @brief Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode
		5234	* @param htim TIM OC handle
30	mjames	5235	* @retval None
		5236	*/
		5237	__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5238	{
		5239	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		5240	UNUSED(htim);
		5241
50	mjames	5242	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
		5243	the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
30	mjames	5244	*/
		5245	}
50	mjames	5246
30	mjames	5247	/**
50	mjames	5248	* @brief Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode
		5249	* @param htim TIM IC handle
30	mjames	5250	* @retval None
		5251	*/
		5252	__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5253	{
		5254	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		5255	UNUSED(htim);
		5256
50	mjames	5257	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
		5258	the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file
30	mjames	5259	*/
		5260	}
		5261
		5262	/**
50	mjames	5263	* @brief Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode
		5264	* @param htim TIM IC handle
30	mjames	5265	* @retval None
		5266	*/
50	mjames	5267	__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5268	{
		5269	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		5270	UNUSED(htim);
		5271
		5272	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
		5273	the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
		5274	*/
		5275	}
		5276
		5277	/**
		5278	* @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode
		5279	* @param htim TIM handle
		5280	* @retval None
		5281	*/
30	mjames	5282	__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5283	{
		5284	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		5285	UNUSED(htim);
		5286
50	mjames	5287	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
		5288	the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file
30	mjames	5289	*/
		5290	}
		5291
		5292	/**
50	mjames	5293	* @brief PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode
		5294	* @param htim TIM handle
30	mjames	5295	* @retval None
		5296	*/
50	mjames	5297	__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5298	{
		5299	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		5300	UNUSED(htim);
		5301
		5302	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
		5303	the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
		5304	*/
		5305	}
		5306
		5307	/**
		5308	* @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode
		5309	* @param htim TIM handle
		5310	* @retval None
		5311	*/
30	mjames	5312	__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5313	{
		5314	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		5315	UNUSED(htim);
		5316
50	mjames	5317	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	5318	the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file
		5319	*/
		5320	}
		5321
		5322	/**
50	mjames	5323	* @brief Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode
		5324	* @param htim TIM handle
30	mjames	5325	* @retval None
		5326	*/
50	mjames	5327	__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5328	{
		5329	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		5330	UNUSED(htim);
		5331
		5332	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
		5333	the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
		5334	*/
		5335	}
		5336
		5337	/**
		5338	* @brief Timer error callback in non-blocking mode
		5339	* @param htim TIM handle
		5340	* @retval None
		5341	*/
30	mjames	5342	__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5343	{
		5344	/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
		5345	UNUSED(htim);
		5346
50	mjames	5347	/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
30	mjames	5348	the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
		5349	*/
		5350	}
		5351
50	mjames	5352	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
30	mjames	5353	/**
50	mjames	5354	* @brief Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback
		5355	* @param htim tim handle
		5356	* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
		5357	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		5358	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
		5359	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
		5360	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
		5361	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
		5362	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
		5363	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
		5364	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
		5365	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
		5366	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
		5367	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
		5368	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
		5369	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
		5370	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
		5371	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
		5372	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
		5373	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
		5374	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
		5375	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
		5376	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
		5377	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
		5378	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
		5379	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
		5380	* @param pCallback pointer to the callback function
		5381	* @retval status
		5382	*/
		5383	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
		5384	pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
		5385	{
		5386	HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
		5387
		5388	if (pCallback == NULL)
		5389	{
		5390	return HAL_ERROR;
		5391	}
		5392	/* Process locked */
		5393	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
		5394
		5395	if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
		5396	{
		5397	switch (CallbackID)
		5398	{
		5399	case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5400	htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5401	break;
		5402
		5403	case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5404	htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5405	break;
		5406
		5407	case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5408	htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5409	break;
		5410
		5411	case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5412	htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5413	break;
		5414
		5415	case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5416	htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5417	break;
		5418
		5419	case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5420	htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5421	break;
		5422
		5423	case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5424	htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5425	break;
		5426
		5427	case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5428	htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5429	break;
		5430
		5431	case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5432	htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5433	break;
		5434
		5435	case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5436	htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5437	break;
		5438
		5439	case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5440	htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5441	break;
		5442
		5443	case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5444	htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5445	break;
		5446
		5447	case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
		5448	htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = pCallback;
		5449	break;
		5450
		5451	case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
		5452	htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
		5453	break;
		5454
		5455	case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
		5456	htim->TriggerCallback = pCallback;
		5457	break;
		5458
		5459	case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
		5460	htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
		5461	break;
		5462
		5463	case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
		5464	htim->IC_CaptureCallback = pCallback;
		5465	break;
		5466
		5467	case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
		5468	htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
		5469	break;
		5470
		5471	case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
		5472	htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = pCallback;
		5473	break;
		5474
		5475	case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
		5476	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = pCallback;
		5477	break;
		5478
		5479	case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
		5480	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
		5481	break;
		5482
		5483	case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
		5484	htim->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
		5485	break;
		5486
		5487	default :
		5488	/* Return error status */
		5489	status = HAL_ERROR;
		5490	break;
		5491	}
		5492	}
		5493	else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
		5494	{
		5495	switch (CallbackID)
		5496	{
		5497	case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5498	htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5499	break;
		5500
		5501	case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5502	htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5503	break;
		5504
		5505	case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5506	htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5507	break;
		5508
		5509	case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5510	htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5511	break;
		5512
		5513	case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5514	htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5515	break;
		5516
		5517	case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5518	htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5519	break;
		5520
		5521	case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5522	htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5523	break;
		5524
		5525	case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5526	htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5527	break;
		5528
		5529	case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5530	htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5531	break;
		5532
		5533	case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5534	htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5535	break;
		5536
		5537	case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5538	htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
		5539	break;
		5540
		5541	case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5542	htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
		5543	break;
		5544
		5545	default :
		5546	/* Return error status */
		5547	status = HAL_ERROR;
		5548	break;
		5549	}
		5550	}
		5551	else
		5552	{
		5553	/* Return error status */
		5554	status = HAL_ERROR;
		5555	}
		5556
		5557	/* Release Lock */
		5558	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		5559
		5560	return status;
		5561	}
		5562
		5563	/**
		5564	* @brief Unregister a TIM callback
		5565	* TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
		5566	* @param htim tim handle
		5567	* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
		5568	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		5569	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
		5570	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
		5571	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
		5572	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
		5573	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
		5574	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
		5575	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
		5576	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
		5577	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
		5578	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
		5579	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
		5580	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
		5581	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
		5582	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
		5583	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
		5584	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
		5585	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
		5586	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
		5587	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
		5588	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
		5589	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
		5590	* @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
		5591	* @retval status
		5592	*/
		5593	HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
		5594	{
		5595	HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
		5596
		5597	/* Process locked */
		5598	__HAL_LOCK(htim);
		5599
		5600	if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
		5601	{
		5602	switch (CallbackID)
		5603	{
		5604	case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5605	htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
		5606	break;
		5607
		5608	case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5609	htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
		5610	break;
		5611
		5612	case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5613	htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
		5614	break;
		5615
		5616	case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5617	htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
		5618	break;
		5619
		5620	case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5621	htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
		5622	break;
		5623
		5624	case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5625	htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
		5626	break;
		5627
		5628	case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5629	htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
		5630	break;
		5631
		5632	case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5633	htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
		5634	break;
		5635
		5636	case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5637	htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
		5638	break;
		5639
		5640	case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5641	htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
		5642	break;
		5643
		5644	case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5645	htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
		5646	break;
		5647
		5648	case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5649	htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
		5650	break;
		5651
		5652	case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
		5653	htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */
		5654	break;
		5655
		5656	case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
		5657	htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */
		5658	break;
		5659
		5660	case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
		5661	htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */
		5662	break;
		5663
		5664	case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
		5665	htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */
		5666	break;
		5667
		5668	case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
		5669	htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */
		5670	break;
		5671
		5672	case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
		5673	htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */
		5674	break;
		5675
		5676	case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
		5677	htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */
		5678	break;
		5679
		5680	case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
		5681	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */
		5682	break;
		5683
		5684	case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
		5685	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */
		5686	break;
		5687
		5688	case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
		5689	htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak Error Callback */
		5690	break;
		5691
		5692	default :
		5693	/* Return error status */
		5694	status = HAL_ERROR;
		5695	break;
		5696	}
		5697	}
		5698	else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
		5699	{
		5700	switch (CallbackID)
		5701	{
		5702	case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5703	htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
		5704	break;
		5705
		5706	case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5707	htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
		5708	break;
		5709
		5710	case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5711	htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
		5712	break;
		5713
		5714	case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5715	htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
		5716	break;
		5717
		5718	case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5719	htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
		5720	break;
		5721
		5722	case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5723	htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
		5724	break;
		5725
		5726	case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5727	htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
		5728	break;
		5729
		5730	case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5731	htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
		5732	break;
		5733
		5734	case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5735	htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
		5736	break;
		5737
		5738	case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5739	htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
		5740	break;
		5741
		5742	case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
		5743	htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
		5744	break;
		5745
		5746	case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
		5747	htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
		5748	break;
		5749
		5750	default :
		5751	/* Return error status */
		5752	status = HAL_ERROR;
		5753	break;
		5754	}
		5755	}
		5756	else
		5757	{
		5758	/* Return error status */
		5759	status = HAL_ERROR;
		5760	}
		5761
		5762	/* Release Lock */
		5763	__HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
		5764
		5765	return status;
		5766	}
		5767	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
		5768
		5769	/**
30	mjames	5770	* @}
		5771	*/
		5772
50	mjames	5773	/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions
		5774	* @brief TIM Peripheral State functions
		5775	*
30	mjames	5776	@verbatim
		5777	==============================================================================
		5778	##### Peripheral State functions #####
		5779	==============================================================================
		5780	[..]
50	mjames	5781	This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
30	mjames	5782	and the data flow.
		5783
		5784	@endverbatim
		5785	* @{
		5786	*/
		5787
		5788	/**
50	mjames	5789	* @brief Return the TIM Base handle state.
		5790	* @param htim TIM Base handle
30	mjames	5791	* @retval HAL state
		5792	*/
		5793	HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5794	{
		5795	return htim->State;
		5796	}
		5797
		5798	/**
50	mjames	5799	* @brief Return the TIM OC handle state.
		5800	* @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
30	mjames	5801	* @retval HAL state
		5802	*/
		5803	HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5804	{
		5805	return htim->State;
		5806	}
		5807
		5808	/**
50	mjames	5809	* @brief Return the TIM PWM handle state.
		5810	* @param htim TIM handle
30	mjames	5811	* @retval HAL state
		5812	*/
		5813	HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5814	{
		5815	return htim->State;
		5816	}
		5817
		5818	/**
50	mjames	5819	* @brief Return the TIM Input Capture handle state.
		5820	* @param htim TIM IC handle
30	mjames	5821	* @retval HAL state
		5822	*/
		5823	HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5824	{
		5825	return htim->State;
		5826	}
		5827
		5828	/**
50	mjames	5829	* @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state.
		5830	* @param htim TIM OPM handle
30	mjames	5831	* @retval HAL state
		5832	*/
		5833	HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5834	{
		5835	return htim->State;
		5836	}
		5837
		5838	/**
50	mjames	5839	* @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
		5840	* @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
30	mjames	5841	* @retval HAL state
		5842	*/
		5843	HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5844	{
		5845	return htim->State;
		5846	}
		5847
		5848	/**
50	mjames	5849	* @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
		5850	* @param htim TIM handle
		5851	* @retval Active channel
		5852	*/
		5853	HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5854	{
		5855	return htim->Channel;
		5856	}
		5857
		5858	/**
		5859	* @brief Return actual state of the TIM channel.
		5860	* @param htim TIM handle
		5861	* @param Channel TIM Channel
		5862	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		5863	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
		5864	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
		5865	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
		5866	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
		5867	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5
		5868	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6
		5869	* @retval TIM Channel state
		5870	*/
		5871	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
		5872	{
		5873	HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state;
		5874
		5875	/* Check the parameters */
		5876	assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
		5877
		5878	channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
		5879
		5880	return channel_state;
		5881	}
		5882
		5883	/**
		5884	* @brief Return actual state of a DMA burst operation.
		5885	* @param htim TIM handle
		5886	* @retval DMA burst state
		5887	*/
		5888	HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		5889	{
		5890	/* Check the parameters */
		5891	assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		5892
		5893	return htim->DMABurstState;
		5894	}
		5895
		5896	/**
		5897	* @}
		5898	*/
		5899
		5900	/**
		5901	* @}
		5902	*/
		5903
		5904	/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions
		5905	* @{
		5906	*/
		5907
		5908	/**
30	mjames	5909	* @brief TIM DMA error callback
50	mjames	5910	* @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
30	mjames	5911	* @retval None
		5912	*/
		5913	void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
		5914	{
50	mjames	5915	TIM_HandleTypeDef htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef )((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
30	mjames	5916
50	mjames	5917	if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
		5918	{
		5919	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
		5920	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		5921	}
		5922	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
		5923	{
		5924	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
		5925	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		5926	}
		5927	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
		5928	{
		5929	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
		5930	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		5931	}
		5932	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
		5933	{
		5934	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
		5935	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		5936	}
		5937	else
		5938	{
		5939	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		5940	}
30	mjames	5941
50	mjames	5942	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		5943	htim->ErrorCallback(htim);
		5944	#else
30	mjames	5945	HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim);
50	mjames	5946	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
		5947
		5948	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
30	mjames	5949	}
		5950
		5951	/**
		5952	* @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback.
50	mjames	5953	* @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
30	mjames	5954	* @retval None
		5955	*/
		5956	void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
		5957	{
50	mjames	5958	TIM_HandleTypeDef htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef )((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
30	mjames	5959
		5960	if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
		5961	{
		5962	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
50	mjames	5963
		5964	if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
		5965	{
		5966	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		5967	}
30	mjames	5968	}
		5969	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
		5970	{
		5971	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
50	mjames	5972
		5973	if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
		5974	{
		5975	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		5976	}
30	mjames	5977	}
		5978	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
		5979	{
		5980	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
50	mjames	5981
		5982	if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
		5983	{
		5984	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		5985	}
30	mjames	5986	}
		5987	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
		5988	{
		5989	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
50	mjames	5990
		5991	if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
		5992	{
		5993	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		5994	}
30	mjames	5995	}
50	mjames	5996	else
		5997	{
		5998	/* nothing to do */
		5999	}
30	mjames	6000
50	mjames	6001	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		6002	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
		6003	#else
30	mjames	6004	HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
50	mjames	6005	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	6006
		6007	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
		6008	}
		6009
		6010	/**
50	mjames	6011	* @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback.
		6012	* @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
		6013	* @retval None
		6014	*/
		6015	void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
		6016	{
		6017	TIM_HandleTypeDef htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef )((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
		6018
		6019	if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
		6020	{
		6021	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
		6022	}
		6023	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
		6024	{
		6025	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
		6026	}
		6027	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
		6028	{
		6029	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
		6030	}
		6031	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
		6032	{
		6033	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
		6034	}
		6035	else
		6036	{
		6037	/* nothing to do */
		6038	}
		6039
		6040	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		6041	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
		6042	#else
		6043	HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
		6044	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
		6045
		6046	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
		6047	}
		6048
		6049	/**
30	mjames	6050	* @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback.
50	mjames	6051	* @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
30	mjames	6052	* @retval None
		6053	*/
		6054	void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
		6055	{
50	mjames	6056	TIM_HandleTypeDef htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef )((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
30	mjames	6057
		6058	if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
		6059	{
		6060	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
50	mjames	6061
		6062	if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
		6063	{
		6064	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		6065	}
30	mjames	6066	}
		6067	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
		6068	{
		6069	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
50	mjames	6070
		6071	if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
		6072	{
		6073	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		6074	}
30	mjames	6075	}
		6076	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
		6077	{
		6078	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
50	mjames	6079
		6080	if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
		6081	{
		6082	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		6083	}
30	mjames	6084	}
		6085	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
		6086	{
		6087	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
50	mjames	6088
		6089	if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
		6090	{
		6091	TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
		6092	}
30	mjames	6093	}
50	mjames	6094	else
		6095	{
		6096	/* nothing to do */
		6097	}
30	mjames	6098
50	mjames	6099	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		6100	htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
		6101	#else
30	mjames	6102	HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
50	mjames	6103	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	6104
		6105	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
		6106	}
		6107
		6108	/**
50	mjames	6109	* @brief TIM DMA Capture half complete callback.
		6110	* @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
		6111	* @retval None
30	mjames	6112	*/
50	mjames	6113	void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
		6114	{
		6115	TIM_HandleTypeDef htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef )((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
30	mjames	6116
50	mjames	6117	if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
		6118	{
		6119	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
		6120	}
		6121	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
		6122	{
		6123	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
		6124	}
		6125	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
		6126	{
		6127	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
		6128	}
		6129	else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
		6130	{
		6131	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
		6132	}
		6133	else
		6134	{
		6135	/* nothing to do */
		6136	}
30	mjames	6137
50	mjames	6138	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		6139	htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
		6140	#else
		6141	HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
		6142	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	6143
50	mjames	6144	htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
		6145	}
30	mjames	6146
		6147	/**
		6148	* @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback.
50	mjames	6149	* @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
30	mjames	6150	* @retval None
		6151	*/
		6152	static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
		6153	{
50	mjames	6154	TIM_HandleTypeDef htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef )((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
30	mjames	6155
50	mjames	6156	if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
		6157	{
		6158	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		6159	}
30	mjames	6160
50	mjames	6161	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		6162	htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
		6163	#else
30	mjames	6164	HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
50	mjames	6165	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	6166	}
		6167
		6168	/**
50	mjames	6169	* @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback.
		6170	* @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
		6171	* @retval None
		6172	*/
		6173	static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
		6174	{
		6175	TIM_HandleTypeDef htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef )((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
		6176
		6177	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		6178	htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
		6179	#else
		6180	HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
		6181	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
		6182	}
		6183
		6184	/**
30	mjames	6185	* @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback.
50	mjames	6186	* @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
30	mjames	6187	* @retval None
		6188	*/
		6189	static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
		6190	{
50	mjames	6191	TIM_HandleTypeDef htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef )((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
30	mjames	6192
50	mjames	6193	if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
		6194	{
		6195	htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
		6196	}
30	mjames	6197
50	mjames	6198	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		6199	htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
		6200	#else
30	mjames	6201	HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
50	mjames	6202	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
30	mjames	6203	}
		6204
		6205	/**
50	mjames	6206	* @brief TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback.
		6207	* @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
		6208	* @retval None
		6209	*/
		6210	static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
		6211	{
		6212	TIM_HandleTypeDef htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef )((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
		6213
		6214	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
		6215	htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
		6216	#else
		6217	HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
		6218	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
		6219	}
		6220
		6221	/**
30	mjames	6222	* @brief Time Base configuration
50	mjames	6223	* @param TIMx TIM peripheral
		6224	* @param Structure TIM Base configuration structure
30	mjames	6225	* @retval None
		6226	*/
50	mjames	6227	void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef Structure)
30	mjames	6228	{
50	mjames	6229	uint32_t tmpcr1;
30	mjames	6230	tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
		6231
		6232	/* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/
		6233	if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx))
		6234	{
		6235	/* Select the Counter Mode */
		6236	tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR \| TIM_CR1_CMS);
		6237	tmpcr1 \|= Structure->CounterMode;
		6238	}
		6239
50	mjames	6240	if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx))
30	mjames	6241	{
		6242	/* Set the clock division */
		6243	tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD;
		6244	tmpcr1 \|= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision;
		6245	}
		6246
50	mjames	6247	/* Set the auto-reload preload */
		6248	MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload);
		6249
30	mjames	6250	TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
		6251
		6252	/* Set the Autoreload value */
		6253	TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ;
		6254
		6255	/* Set the Prescaler value */
50	mjames	6256	TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler;
30	mjames	6257
50	mjames	6258	/* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
		6259	and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */
30	mjames	6260	TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG;
		6261	}
		6262
		6263	/**
50	mjames	6264	* @brief Timer Output Compare 1 configuration
30	mjames	6265	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	6266	* @param OC_Config The output configuration structure
30	mjames	6267	* @retval None
		6268	*/
		6269	static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config)
		6270	{
50	mjames	6271	uint32_t tmpccmrx;
		6272	uint32_t tmpccer;
		6273	uint32_t tmpcr2;
30	mjames	6274
50	mjames	6275	/* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
30	mjames	6276	TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
		6277
		6278	/* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
		6279	tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
		6280	/* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
		6281	tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
		6282
		6283	/* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
		6284	tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
		6285
		6286	/* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
		6287	tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
		6288	tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
		6289	/* Select the Output Compare Mode */
		6290	tmpccmrx \|= OC_Config->OCMode;
		6291
		6292	/* Reset the Output Polarity level */
		6293	tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P;
		6294	/* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
		6295	tmpccer \|= OC_Config->OCPolarity;
		6296
		6297	/* Write to TIMx CR2 */
		6298	TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
		6299
		6300	/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
		6301	TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
		6302
		6303	/* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
		6304	TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse;
		6305
		6306	/* Write to TIMx CCER */
		6307	TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
		6308	}
		6309
		6310	/**
50	mjames	6311	* @brief Timer Output Compare 2 configuration
30	mjames	6312	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	6313	* @param OC_Config The output configuration structure
30	mjames	6314	* @retval None
		6315	*/
		6316	static void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config)
		6317	{
50	mjames	6318	uint32_t tmpccmrx;
		6319	uint32_t tmpccer;
		6320	uint32_t tmpcr2;
30	mjames	6321
		6322	/* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
		6323	TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
		6324
		6325	/* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
		6326	tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
		6327	/* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
		6328	tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
		6329
		6330	/* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
		6331	tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
		6332
		6333	/* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
		6334	tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
		6335	tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
		6336
		6337	/* Select the Output Compare Mode */
50	mjames	6338	tmpccmrx \|= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
30	mjames	6339
		6340	/* Reset the Output Polarity level */
		6341	tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P;
		6342	/* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
50	mjames	6343	tmpccer \|= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U);
30	mjames	6344
		6345	/* Write to TIMx CR2 */
		6346	TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
		6347
		6348	/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
		6349	TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
		6350
		6351	/* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
		6352	TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse;
		6353
		6354	/* Write to TIMx CCER */
		6355	TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
		6356	}
		6357
		6358	/**
50	mjames	6359	* @brief Timer Output Compare 3 configuration
30	mjames	6360	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	6361	* @param OC_Config The output configuration structure
30	mjames	6362	* @retval None
		6363	*/
		6364	static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config)
		6365	{
50	mjames	6366	uint32_t tmpccmrx;
		6367	uint32_t tmpccer;
		6368	uint32_t tmpcr2;
30	mjames	6369
		6370	/* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */
		6371	TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
		6372
		6373	/* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
		6374	tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
		6375	/* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
		6376	tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
		6377
		6378	/* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
		6379	tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
		6380
		6381	/* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
		6382	tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
		6383	tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
		6384	/* Select the Output Compare Mode */
		6385	tmpccmrx \|= OC_Config->OCMode;
		6386
		6387	/* Reset the Output Polarity level */
		6388	tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
		6389	/* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
50	mjames	6390	tmpccer \|= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U);
30	mjames	6391
		6392	/* Write to TIMx CR2 */
		6393	TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
		6394
		6395	/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
		6396	TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
		6397
		6398	/* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
		6399	TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse;
		6400
		6401	/* Write to TIMx CCER */
		6402	TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
		6403	}
		6404
		6405	/**
50	mjames	6406	* @brief Timer Output Compare 4 configuration
30	mjames	6407	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	6408	* @param OC_Config The output configuration structure
30	mjames	6409	* @retval None
		6410	*/
		6411	static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config)
		6412	{
50	mjames	6413	uint32_t tmpccmrx;
		6414	uint32_t tmpccer;
		6415	uint32_t tmpcr2;
30	mjames	6416
		6417	/* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
		6418	TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
		6419
		6420	/* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
		6421	tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
		6422	/* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
		6423	tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
		6424
		6425	/* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
		6426	tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
		6427
		6428	/* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
		6429	tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
		6430	tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
		6431
		6432	/* Select the Output Compare Mode */
50	mjames	6433	tmpccmrx \|= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
30	mjames	6434
		6435	/* Reset the Output Polarity level */
		6436	tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
		6437	/* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
50	mjames	6438	tmpccer \|= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U);
30	mjames	6439
		6440	/* Write to TIMx CR2 */
		6441	TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
		6442
		6443	/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
		6444	TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
		6445
		6446	/* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
		6447	TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse;
		6448
		6449	/* Write to TIMx CCER */
		6450	TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
		6451	}
		6452
		6453	/**
50	mjames	6454	* @brief Slave Timer configuration function
		6455	* @param htim TIM handle
		6456	* @param sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration
30	mjames	6457	* @retval None
		6458	*/
50	mjames	6459	static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
		6460	TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
30	mjames	6461	{
50	mjames	6462	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
		6463	uint32_t tmpccmr1;
		6464	uint32_t tmpccer;
30	mjames	6465
50	mjames	6466	/* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
30	mjames	6467	tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
		6468
		6469	/* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */
		6470	tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
		6471	/* Set the Input Trigger source */
		6472	tmpsmcr \|= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger;
		6473
		6474	/* Reset the slave mode Bits */
		6475	tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
		6476	/* Set the slave mode */
		6477	tmpsmcr \|= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode;
		6478
		6479	/* Write to TIMx SMCR */
		6480	htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
50	mjames	6481
30	mjames	6482	/* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */
		6483	switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)
		6484	{
50	mjames	6485	case TIM_TS_ETRF:
30	mjames	6486	{
		6487	/* Check the parameters */
		6488	assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		6489	assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler));
		6490	assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
		6491	assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
		6492	/* Configure the ETR Trigger source */
50	mjames	6493	TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
		6494	sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler,
		6495	sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
30	mjames	6496	sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
50	mjames	6497	break;
30	mjames	6498	}
50	mjames	6499
		6500	case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED:
30	mjames	6501	{
		6502	/* Check the parameters */
		6503	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		6504	assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
50	mjames	6505
		6506	if (sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED)
		6507	{
		6508	return HAL_ERROR;
		6509	}
		6510
30	mjames	6511	/* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
		6512	tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
		6513	htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
50	mjames	6514	tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
		6515
30	mjames	6516	/* Set the filter */
		6517	tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
50	mjames	6518	tmpccmr1 \|= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U);
		6519
30	mjames	6520	/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
		6521	htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
50	mjames	6522	htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
		6523	break;
30	mjames	6524	}
50	mjames	6525
		6526	case TIM_TS_TI1FP1:
30	mjames	6527	{
		6528	/* Check the parameters */
		6529	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		6530	assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
		6531	assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
		6532
		6533	/* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */
		6534	TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
		6535	sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
		6536	sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
50	mjames	6537	break;
30	mjames	6538	}
50	mjames	6539
		6540	case TIM_TS_TI2FP2:
30	mjames	6541	{
		6542	/* Check the parameters */
		6543	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		6544	assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
		6545	assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
50	mjames	6546
30	mjames	6547	/* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */
		6548	TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
50	mjames	6549	sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
		6550	sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
		6551	break;
30	mjames	6552	}
50	mjames	6553
		6554	case TIM_TS_ITR0:
		6555	case TIM_TS_ITR1:
		6556	case TIM_TS_ITR2:
		6557	case TIM_TS_ITR3:
		6558	{
		6559	/* Check the parameter */
		6560	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
		6561	break;
		6562	}
		6563
		6564	default:
		6565	break;
30	mjames	6566	}
50	mjames	6567	return HAL_OK;
30	mjames	6568	}
		6569
		6570	/**
		6571	* @brief Configure the TI1 as Input.
		6572	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
50	mjames	6573	* @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
30	mjames	6574	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		6575	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
		6576	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
		6577	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
50	mjames	6578	* @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
30	mjames	6579	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
50	mjames	6580	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
		6581	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
		6582	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
		6583	* @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
30	mjames	6584	* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
		6585	* @retval None
50	mjames	6586	* @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1
		6587	* (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
30	mjames	6588	* protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
		6589	*/
		6590	static void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
50	mjames	6591	uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
30	mjames	6592	{
50	mjames	6593	uint32_t tmpccmr1;
		6594	uint32_t tmpccer;
30	mjames	6595
		6596	/* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
		6597	TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
		6598	tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
		6599	tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
		6600
		6601	/* Select the Input */
50	mjames	6602	if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
30	mjames	6603	{
		6604	tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
		6605	tmpccmr1 \|= TIM_ICSelection;
		6606	}
		6607	else
		6608	{
		6609	tmpccmr1 \|= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0;
		6610	}
		6611
		6612	/* Set the filter */
		6613	tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
50	mjames	6614	tmpccmr1 \|= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F);
30	mjames	6615
		6616	/* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
		6617	tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P \| TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
		6618	tmpccer \|= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P \| TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
		6619
		6620	/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
		6621	TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
		6622	TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
		6623	}
		6624
		6625	/**
		6626	* @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1.
		6627	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
50	mjames	6628	* @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
30	mjames	6629	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
50	mjames	6630	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
		6631	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
		6632	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
		6633	* @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
30	mjames	6634	* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
		6635	* @retval None
		6636	*/
		6637	static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
		6638	{
50	mjames	6639	uint32_t tmpccmr1;
		6640	uint32_t tmpccer;
30	mjames	6641
		6642	/* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
		6643	tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
		6644	TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
		6645	tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
		6646
		6647	/* Set the filter */
		6648	tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
50	mjames	6649	tmpccmr1 \|= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U);
30	mjames	6650
		6651	/* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
		6652	tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P \| TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
		6653	tmpccer \|= TIM_ICPolarity;
		6654
		6655	/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
		6656	TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
		6657	TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
		6658	}
		6659
		6660	/**
		6661	* @brief Configure the TI2 as Input.
		6662	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	6663	* @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
30	mjames	6664	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
50	mjames	6665	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
		6666	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
		6667	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
		6668	* @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
30	mjames	6669	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
50	mjames	6670	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
30	mjames	6671	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
50	mjames	6672	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
		6673	* @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
30	mjames	6674	* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
		6675	* @retval None
50	mjames	6676	* @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2
		6677	* (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
30	mjames	6678	* protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
		6679	*/
		6680	static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
50	mjames	6681	uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
30	mjames	6682	{
50	mjames	6683	uint32_t tmpccmr1;
		6684	uint32_t tmpccer;
30	mjames	6685
		6686	/* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
		6687	TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
		6688	tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
		6689	tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
		6690
		6691	/* Select the Input */
		6692	tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
50	mjames	6693	tmpccmr1 \|= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);
30	mjames	6694
		6695	/* Set the filter */
		6696	tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
50	mjames	6697	tmpccmr1 \|= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
30	mjames	6698
		6699	/* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
		6700	tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P \| TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
50	mjames	6701	tmpccer \|= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P \| TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
30	mjames	6702
		6703	/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
		6704	TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
		6705	TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
		6706	}
		6707
		6708	/**
		6709	* @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2.
		6710	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
50	mjames	6711	* @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
30	mjames	6712	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
50	mjames	6713	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
		6714	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
30	mjames	6715	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
50	mjames	6716	* @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
30	mjames	6717	* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
		6718	* @retval None
		6719	*/
		6720	static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
		6721	{
50	mjames	6722	uint32_t tmpccmr1;
		6723	uint32_t tmpccer;
30	mjames	6724
		6725	/* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
		6726	TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
		6727	tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
		6728	tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
		6729
		6730	/* Set the filter */
		6731	tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
50	mjames	6732	tmpccmr1 \|= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U);
30	mjames	6733
		6734	/* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
		6735	tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P \| TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
50	mjames	6736	tmpccer \|= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U);
30	mjames	6737
		6738	/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
		6739	TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
		6740	TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
		6741	}
		6742
		6743	/**
		6744	* @brief Configure the TI3 as Input.
		6745	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	6746	* @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
30	mjames	6747	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
50	mjames	6748	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
		6749	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
30	mjames	6750	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
50	mjames	6751	* @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
30	mjames	6752	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
50	mjames	6753	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
30	mjames	6754	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
50	mjames	6755	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
		6756	* @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
30	mjames	6757	* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
		6758	* @retval None
50	mjames	6759	* @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4
		6760	* (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
30	mjames	6761	* protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
		6762	*/
		6763	static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
50	mjames	6764	uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
30	mjames	6765	{
50	mjames	6766	uint32_t tmpccmr2;
		6767	uint32_t tmpccer;
30	mjames	6768
		6769	/* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
		6770	TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
		6771	tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
		6772	tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
		6773
		6774	/* Select the Input */
		6775	tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
		6776	tmpccmr2 \|= TIM_ICSelection;
		6777
		6778	/* Set the filter */
		6779	tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F;
50	mjames	6780	tmpccmr2 \|= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F);
30	mjames	6781
		6782	/* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
		6783	tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P \| TIM_CCER_CC3NP);
50	mjames	6784	tmpccer \|= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P \| TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
30	mjames	6785
		6786	/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
		6787	TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
		6788	TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
		6789	}
		6790
		6791	/**
		6792	* @brief Configure the TI4 as Input.
		6793	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	6794	* @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
30	mjames	6795	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
50	mjames	6796	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
		6797	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
30	mjames	6798	* @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
50	mjames	6799	* @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
30	mjames	6800	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
50	mjames	6801	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
30	mjames	6802	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
50	mjames	6803	* @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
		6804	* @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
30	mjames	6805	* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
50	mjames	6806	* @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3
		6807	* (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
		6808	* protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
30	mjames	6809	* @retval None
		6810	*/
		6811	static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
50	mjames	6812	uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
30	mjames	6813	{
50	mjames	6814	uint32_t tmpccmr2;
		6815	uint32_t tmpccer;
30	mjames	6816
		6817	/* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
		6818	TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
		6819	tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
		6820	tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
		6821
		6822	/* Select the Input */
		6823	tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
50	mjames	6824	tmpccmr2 \|= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);
30	mjames	6825
		6826	/* Set the filter */
		6827	tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F;
50	mjames	6828	tmpccmr2 \|= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F);
30	mjames	6829
		6830	/* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
		6831	tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P \| TIM_CCER_CC4NP);
50	mjames	6832	tmpccer \|= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P \| TIM_CCER_CC4NP));
30	mjames	6833
		6834	/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
		6835	TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
		6836	TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
		6837	}
		6838
		6839	/**
		6840	* @brief Selects the Input Trigger source
		6841	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	6842	* @param InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source.
30	mjames	6843	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		6844	* @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
		6845	* @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
		6846	* @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
		6847	* @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
		6848	* @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
		6849	* @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
		6850	* @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
		6851	* @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
		6852	* @retval None
		6853	*/
50	mjames	6854	static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource)
30	mjames	6855	{
50	mjames	6856	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
30	mjames	6857
50	mjames	6858	/* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
		6859	tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
		6860	/* Reset the TS Bits */
		6861	tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
		6862	/* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/
		6863	tmpsmcr \|= (InputTriggerSource \| TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1);
		6864	/* Write to TIMx SMCR */
		6865	TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
30	mjames	6866	}
		6867	/**
		6868	* @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
		6869	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	6870	* @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler.
30	mjames	6871	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		6872	* @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
		6873	* @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
		6874	* @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
		6875	* @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
50	mjames	6876	* @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity.
30	mjames	6877	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		6878	* @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active.
		6879	* @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active.
50	mjames	6880	* @param ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter.
30	mjames	6881	* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
		6882	* @retval None
		6883	*/
50	mjames	6884	static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
		6885	uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter)
30	mjames	6886	{
50	mjames	6887	uint32_t tmpsmcr;
30	mjames	6888
		6889	tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
		6890
		6891	/* Reset the ETR Bits */
50	mjames	6892	tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF \| TIM_SMCR_ETPS \| TIM_SMCR_ECE \| TIM_SMCR_ETP);
30	mjames	6893
		6894	/* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
50	mjames	6895	tmpsmcr \|= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler \| (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity \| (ExtTRGFilter << 8U)));
30	mjames	6896
		6897	/* Write to TIMx SMCR */
		6898	TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
		6899	}
		6900
		6901	/**
		6902	* @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
		6903	* @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
50	mjames	6904	* @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel
30	mjames	6905	* This parameter can be one of the following values:
		6906	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
		6907	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
		6908	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
		6909	* @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
50	mjames	6910	* @param ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
		6911	* This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE.
30	mjames	6912	* @retval None
		6913	*/
50	mjames	6914	static void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState)
30	mjames	6915	{
50	mjames	6916	uint32_t tmp;
30	mjames	6917
		6918	/* Check the parameters */
		6919	assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx));
		6920	assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
		6921
50	mjames	6922	tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
30	mjames	6923
		6924	/* Reset the CCxE Bit */
		6925	TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
		6926
		6927	/* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
50	mjames	6928	TIMx->CCER \|= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
30	mjames	6929	}
		6930
50	mjames	6931	#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
30	mjames	6932	/**
50	mjames	6933	* @brief Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks.
		6934	* @param htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
		6935	* the configuration information for TIM module.
		6936	* @retval None
		6937	*/
		6938	void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
		6939	{
		6940	/* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */
		6941	htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedCallback */
		6942	htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback */
		6943	htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak TriggerCallback */
		6944	htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TriggerHalfCpltCallback */
		6945	htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureCallback */
		6946	htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback */
		6947	htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak OC_DelayElapsedCallback */
		6948	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedCallback */
		6949	htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback */
		6950	htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
		6951	}
		6952	#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
		6953
		6954	/**
30	mjames	6955	* @}
		6956	*/
		6957
		6958	#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
		6959	/**
		6960	* @}
		6961	*/
		6962
		6963	/**
		6964	* @}
		6965	*/
		6966	/********************** (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *END OF FILE**/

Subversion Repositories DashDisplay

(root)/branches/Dashboard_L152_210623/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_tim.c – Rev 50